WO2011002151A2 - Image-capturing apparatus with a function for compensating for shaking - Google Patents

Image-capturing apparatus with a function for compensating for shaking Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011002151A2
WO2011002151A2 PCT/KR2010/002743 KR2010002743W WO2011002151A2 WO 2011002151 A2 WO2011002151 A2 WO 2011002151A2 KR 2010002743 W KR2010002743 W KR 2010002743W WO 2011002151 A2 WO2011002151 A2 WO 2011002151A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
blade
magnet
coil member
disposed
coil
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2010/002743
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Other versions
WO2011002151A3 (en
Inventor
정회원
김상후
지혜경
Original Assignee
(주)하이소닉
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020090059045A external-priority patent/KR101005776B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090107020A external-priority patent/KR101043943B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090107017A external-priority patent/KR101017341B1/en
Application filed by (주)하이소닉 filed Critical (주)하이소닉
Publication of WO2011002151A2 publication Critical patent/WO2011002151A2/en
Publication of WO2011002151A3 publication Critical patent/WO2011002151A3/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B3/00Focusing arrangements of general interest for cameras, projectors or printers
    • G03B3/10Power-operated focusing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/50Constructional details
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B5/00Adjustment of optical system relative to image or object surface other than for focusing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/57Mechanical or electrical details of cameras or camera modules specially adapted for being embedded in other devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H04N23/68Control of cameras or camera modules for stable pick-up of the scene, e.g. compensating for camera body vibrations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B2205/00Adjustment of optical system relative to image or object surface other than for focusing
    • G03B2205/0007Movement of one or more optical elements for control of motion blur
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B2205/00Adjustment of optical system relative to image or object surface other than for focusing
    • G03B2205/0053Driving means for the movement of one or more optical element
    • G03B2205/0069Driving means for the movement of one or more optical element using electromagnetic actuators, e.g. voice coils

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an image capturing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function, and in particular, by detecting a shake of the image capturing apparatus and moving a lens in a direction for correcting a shake, the image of the subject having a shake correction function is provided. It relates to an image photographing apparatus.
  • small electronic devices including a communication terminal represented by a mobile phone are equipped with a small image capturing apparatus for capturing an image.
  • These imaging apparatuses are characterized by small size and simple structure.
  • the configuration of such an image photographing apparatus includes a lens group composed of a plurality of lenses, an imaging device for converting an optical signal passing through the lens group into an electrical signal, and the like.
  • the vibration is transmitted to the image capturing device and the image of the subject becomes cloudy.
  • a pedestal should be used to capture a clear image, but it is not convenient to carry because it is inconvenient to carry.
  • the present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, it is to detect the shaking when shooting the subject to move the lens in the direction to correct the shake so that the subject is clearly captured.
  • a housing a second blade disposed inside the housing and moving horizontally by a magnet and a second coil member, and disposed inside the second blade.
  • the compact camera device comprising a first blade that is moved up and down by the magnet and the first coil member, the outer side is mounted to the second blade and the inner side is mounted to the first blade, the upper and lower elastic
  • a third elastic member for supporting A power connection member disposed on an upper side of the housing to supply power to the first coil member and the second coil member;
  • the first coil member is electrically connected to the third elastic member, and the third elastic member protrudes toward the power supply member so that one end is integrally connected to the third elastic member and the other end thereof.
  • connection protrusion is fixed to the power connection member and is contracted and relaxed in the left and right direction when the second blade moves left and right, and the connection protrusion is electrically connected to the power connection member to supply power to the power connection member.
  • image capturing apparatus having a shake correction function for transmitting to a coil member.
  • the third elastic member may include a first spring disposed at one side of the first blade; A second spring disposed on the other side of the first blade; It comprises, and the connecting projection, the first connecting projection is provided on the corner portion of the first spring; A second connecting protrusion provided at an edge of the second spring and disposed symmetrically in a diagonal direction with the first connecting protrusion; It is made, including.
  • An avoidance groove is formed at an edge of the second blade, and the connection protrusion is disposed in the avoidance groove so as to be spaced apart from the second blade.
  • a second elastic member having one end mounted on the second blade and the other end mounted on the housing to elastically support the second blade in a horizontal direction, wherein the connecting protrusion has a thickness of the second elastic member. Smaller than the thickness of the second blade to move the left and right elastic resistance due to the connecting projections decreases.
  • the first spring and the second spring are each provided with two first connecting protrusions and two second connecting protrusions, each one of two first connecting protrusions and two second connecting protrusions, respectively. It is electrically connected to the power connection member.
  • a first elastic member having an outer side mounted to the second blade and the inner side mounted to the first blade to elastically support the first blade up and down; It further comprises, wherein the first elastic member is disposed on the upper side of the second blade, the third elastic member is disposed on the lower side of the second blade, the connecting projection at the lower side of the second blade The first elastic member passes through the housing and is connected to the power connection member.
  • a second invention for achieving the above object the housing; A first blade which is vertically moved inside the housing and has a first coil member mounted on an outside thereof; A second blade horizontally moved inside the housing and having a second coil member mounted on an outside thereof; A magnet disposed outside the second coil member; It comprises, but the magnet, and the first magnet; A second magnet disposed under the first magnet; A third magnet disposed between the first magnet and the second magnet, the third magnet having one end protruding toward the second coil member;
  • the first blade is moved by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the first coil member and the magnetic field generated by the magnet, and when the power is applied to the second coil member.
  • the second blade According to the interaction between the generated second electromagnetic field and the magnetic field generated by the magnet, the second blade provides an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function of horizontal movement.
  • the first coil member is wound around the first blade
  • the second coil member is wound on the side surface of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member
  • the first magnet has a polarity is separated up and down symmetrically around the third magnet, the third magnet is separated in the left and right movement direction of the second blade.
  • the polarity of the other end of the third magnet in contact with the lower end of the first magnet and the upper end of the second magnet is opposite to the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet and the upper end of the second magnet, and toward the second coil member.
  • the polarity of one end of the protruding third magnet is opposite to the polarity of the upper end of the first magnet and the lower end of the second magnet.
  • the vertical length of the second coil member is smaller than the vertical length of the magnet.
  • the second blade is mounted to be horizontally moved inside the first blade, the magnet is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade and the outer surface of the second blade is fixed to the housing, the third One end of the magnet is disposed in the center of the second coil member and the other end is disposed in the direction of the first coil member.
  • the first blade is mounted to be moved up and down inside the second blade, the magnet is fixedly mounted to the housing from the outside of the second blade, one end of the third magnet penetrates through the center of the second coil member It protrudes in the direction of the first coil member.
  • the third invention for achieving the above object is a housing; A first blade which is vertically moved inside the housing and has a first coil member mounted on an outside thereof; A second blade horizontally moved inside the housing and having a second coil member mounted on an outside thereof; A magnet comprising a first magnet disposed outside the second coil member and a second magnet disposed below the first magnet outside the second coil member; A first yoke mounted on an upper portion of the first magnet or a lower portion of the second magnet; The first blade is moved by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the first coil member and the magnetic field generated by the magnet, and when the power is applied to the second coil member.
  • the second blade moves horizontally due to the interaction between the generated second electromagnetic field and the magnetic field generated by the magnet, and the first yoke has the first coil member or the second coil having a magnetic force line generated at the N pole of the magnet.
  • an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function for inducing a return to an S pole through a member.
  • the first yoke protrudes in the direction of the first coil member.
  • the second blade is mounted to move horizontally inside the first blade, the magnet is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade and the outer surface of the second blade fixedly mounted to the housing, the first The coil member is wound around the first blade, and the second coil member is wound on the side surface of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member.
  • the first blade is mounted to be moved up and down inside the second blade, the magnet is fixedly mounted to the housing from the outside of the second blade, the first coil member is wound around the first blade, The second coil member is wound on the side surface of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member.
  • a second yoke mounted between the first magnet and the second magnet and inserted into a central portion of the second coil member; It further comprises, wherein the first magnet and the second magnet is disposed with the polarity up and down symmetrical around the second yoke.
  • the length of the second coil member in the vertical direction is smaller than the sum of the vertical lengths of the magnet and the second yoke.
  • the lens is moved in the direction of correcting the shake, so that the image of the subject can be captured clearly.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a compact camera device according to a first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a compact camera device according to a first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a third elastic member according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • 5 to 7 are operation state diagrams of the small camera device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view showing an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view showing a portion D of FIG. 9 in an enlarged manner
  • 11 to 13 is an operating state view as seen from B-B of FIG.
  • FIG. 14 is an operational state diagram of a power terminal according to the present invention as seen from C-C of FIG. 8,
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a one-way exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view of another direction of the image photographing apparatus equipped with the shake correction function according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of an image photographing apparatus with a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention as seen from E-E of FIG. 15.
  • 19 and 20 are operation state diagrams of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention as seen from E-E of FIG. 15.
  • 21 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective view showing an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view showing a portion D of FIG. 22 in an enlarged manner
  • 24 to 26 are operation state diagrams as seen from B-B of FIG.
  • FIG. 27 is an operational state diagram of a power supply terminal of the fourth embodiment as seen in C-C of FIG. 21,
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 29 is a one-directional exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is an exploded perspective view of another direction of the image photographing apparatus equipped with the shake correction function according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of an image photographing apparatus with a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention as seen from E-E of FIG. 28.
  • 32 and 33 are operation state diagrams of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention as seen from E-E of FIG. 28.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a compact camera device according to a first embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 2 is an exploded perspective view of a compact camera device according to a first embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 3 is a first embodiment of the present invention 4 is a perspective view of a third elastic member according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a coupling state between a housing and a third elastic member according to a first embodiment of the present invention, and FIGS. The operation state diagram of.
  • the compact camera device includes a housing 100, a magnet 200, a yoke member 300, a power connection member 600, and a second blade ( 700), the second coil member 750, the second elastic member 800, the first blade 400, the first coil member 450, the first elastic member 500 and the third elastic member 550 It is made to include.
  • the housing 100 is vertically open in a hexahedral shape, the magnet 200 is inserted into the side.
  • the magnets 200 are formed in plural in a rectangular shape, and are arranged to face up and down two by two, and the yoke members 300 are mounted therebetween.
  • the two magnets 200 are disposed to be symmetrical with respect to the yoke member 300.
  • the yoke member 300 is formed in a rectangular shape, the upper and lower surfaces are in contact with the magnet 200, respectively, the magnetic induction protrusion 310 is formed to guide the magnetic field of the magnet 200 in a predetermined direction.
  • the magnetic induction protrusion 310 protrudes toward the first coil member 450 through the second coil member 750 and the second blade 700 as described below.
  • the power connection member 600 is made of a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB), is formed in a rectangular thin sheet shape is mounted on the upper side of the housing 100.
  • FPCB flexible printed circuit board
  • one end of the power connection member 600 is bent to the side of the housing 100 and connected to an external power source.
  • the power connection member 600 is electrically connected to the second elastic member 800 and the third elastic member 550 as will be described later to the second coil member 750 and the first coil member ( Power each of them.
  • a cover 150 surrounding the side surface of the power connection member 600 and the housing 100 is mounted on the upper side of the power connection member 600.
  • the cover 150 is formed of a thin plate, the upper side is disposed on the upper side of the power connection member 600, the side is bent in the lateral direction of the housing 100, respectively, is hooked with the housing 100 .
  • the second blade 700 is mounted in a hollow shape of a hexahedron such that the first blade 400 is moved up and down.
  • the second coil member 750 is mounted on an outer surface of the second blade 700.
  • the second coil member 750 is a wire in which current flows therein and is wound in a direction orthogonal to a winding direction of the first coil member 450 as described below, one on each side of the second blade 700. It consists of four in total.
  • the second coil member 750 opens the second blade 700 by the interaction between the electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied and the magnetic field of the magnet 200 induced through the magnetic induction protrusion 310. Move horizontally.
  • the second elastic member 800 is mounted on the second blade 700 to elastically support the second blade 700 in the horizontal direction with respect to the housing 100.
  • the second elastic member 800 is formed of a thin wire line, one end is mounted on the lower side of the second blade 700 and the other end is mounted on the upper side of the housing 100 to the second blade 700. Elastic support in the horizontal direction.
  • the second elastic member 800 is made of an electrically conductive material, one end of which is electrically connected to the second coil member 750, and the other end of which is electrically connected to the power connection member 600.
  • the power of the member 600 is transmitted to the second coil member 750.
  • the second elastic member 800 is composed of a total of four are arranged symmetrically in the diagonal direction of the second blade 700.
  • the avoiding groove 710 is formed at the corner of the second blade 700.
  • the evacuation groove 710 is formed in the vertical direction along the outer edge portion of the second blade 700, is disposed symmetrically in the diagonal direction of the second blade 700, and consists of two.
  • the first blade 400 is formed in a hexagonal cylindrical shape, the upper and lower sides are opened and the lens 110 is inserted into the interior.
  • first coil member 450 is mounted on an outer surface of the first blade 400.
  • the first coil member 450 is a thin wire having a current flowing therein and is wound around the outer surface of the first blade 400.
  • first coil member 450 is adjacent to the free guide protrusion 310 of the yoke member 300.
  • the first coil member 450 moves up and down the first blade 400 by the interaction between the electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied and the magnetic field of the magnet 200 induced through the free guide protrusion 310. Move it.
  • first elastic member 500 is disposed above the first blade 400
  • third elastic member 550 is disposed below the first blade 400.
  • the first elastic member 500 is formed in a rectangular thin plate shape, the outer side is fixed to the upper side of the second blade 700 and the inner side is fixed to the upper side of the first blade 400.
  • a zig-zag-shaped elastic portion is formed between the inner side and the outer side of the first elastic member 500 to allow the inner side to contract and relax in the vertical direction with respect to the outer side.
  • the first elastic member 500 elastically supports the first blade 400 up and down when the first blade 400 moves up and down.
  • the third elastic member 550 is formed of a thin plate, the first spring 551 disposed on one side of the first blade 400 and the second spring disposed on the other side of the first blade 400 ( 552 is formed separately.
  • the outer side of the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 is fixed to the lower side of the second blade 700 and the inner side is fixed to the lower side of the first blade 400.
  • first spring 551 and the second spring 552 has a zigzag elastic portion is formed between the inner side and the outer side like the first elastic member 500, when the first blade 400 is moved up and down Shrink and relax in the vertical direction to support the first blade 400 up and down elastically.
  • the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 are made of an electrically conductive material, and are electrically connected to the first coil member 450.
  • first spring 551 and the second spring 552 are symmetrically disposed about the first blade 400 and do not communicate with each other electrically.
  • One end and the other end of the first coil member 450 are electrically connected to the first spring 551 and the second spring 552, respectively.
  • one end and the other end of the first coil member 450 is fixed to the inner side of the first spring 551 and the inner side of the second spring 552, respectively.
  • the third elastic member 550 formed of the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 is provided with a connection protrusion 560 protruding toward the power connection member 600.
  • the connecting protrusion 560 is formed in a straight line shape in a vertical direction, one end is integrally connected to the third elastic member 550 and the other end is fixedly coupled to the power connection member 600.
  • the connecting protrusion 560 may be formed in various shapes such as zigzag, spiral, and coil shapes.
  • connection protrusion 560 includes a first connection protrusion 561 provided on the first spring 551 and a second connection protrusion 562 provided on the second spring 552.
  • the first connection protrusion 561 is a rectangular thin plate and protrudes upward from an outer edge portion of the first spring 551.
  • connection protrusion 562 is a rectangular thin plate, as shown in Figure 5 is formed to protrude upward from the outer edge of the second spring 552.
  • the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 are arranged symmetrically with each other in a diagonal direction.
  • the second connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 are disposed symmetrically in the diagonal direction on the first spring 551 and the second spring 552, respectively, to form the second blade (
  • the elastic resistance force of the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 acts equally on the second blade 700 to prevent the second blade 700 from tilting. It is effective.
  • first connection protrusion 561 and the second connection protrusion 562 are disposed in the state spaced apart from the avoidance groove 710 of the second blade 700, respectively, as shown in FIG.
  • first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 are disposed on the side surfaces of the second blade 700 in which the avoiding groove 710 is formed.
  • first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 are disposed in the avoiding groove 710 in a spaced apart state, so that the first connecting protrusion may be moved when the second blade 700 is moved left and right. 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 may travel to and from the avoiding groove 710 to freely contract and relax.
  • the thickness of the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 is formed smaller than the thickness of the second elastic member (800).
  • the thickness of the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 is smaller than the thickness of the second elastic member 800, thereby moving the first and second blades 700 to the left and right.
  • the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 by making the elastic resistance of the connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 smaller than the elastic resistance of the second elastic member 800. ) Has an effect of reducing the elastic resistance.
  • first coupling protrusions 561 and second coupling protrusions 562 may be provided in the first spring 551 and the second spring 552, respectively.
  • first connecting protrusions 561 and the second connecting protrusions 562 are formed on the outer edges of each of the first spring 551 and the second spring 552, one each, so as to constitute a total of four.
  • One of the two first connecting protrusions 561 and one of the two second connecting protrusions 562 are electrically connected to the power connection member 600, respectively, and the other two are electrically connected. I never do that.
  • the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 are provided with two first connecting projections 561 and two second connecting projections 562, respectively, and the two first connecting projections (The first connection protrusion for supporting the second blade 700 by electrically connecting any one of the 561 and any one of the two second connection protrusions 562 with the power connection member 600, respectively. 561 and the number of the second connecting protrusions 562 are increased, and the elastic resistance of the first connecting protrusions 561 and the second connecting protrusions 562 is uniform, thereby making the second blade 700 There is an effect to drive more stable.
  • first connection protrusion 561 and the second connection protrusion 562 pass through the housing 100 through the first elastic member 500 at the lower side of the second blade 700 to connect the power. It is connected to the member 600.
  • the third elastic member 550 is disposed below the second blade 700, and the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 of the second blade 700 are disposed.
  • the length of the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 up and down Maximizing has the effect of reducing the elastic resistance generated during the movement of the second blade 700.
  • FIGS. 5 (a), 6 (a) and 7 (a) are cross-sectional views taken from AA of FIG. 1, and FIGS. 5 (b), 6 (b) and 7 (b) are taken from BB of FIG. This is the cross section.
  • the first elastic member 500 and the first elastic member 500 are applied.
  • the three elastic members 550 are horizontally disposed, and the second elastic member 800 and the connection protrusion 560 are vertically disposed vertically.
  • the first coil member 450 may generate power.
  • the first blade 400 is raised by the interaction between the electromagnetic field and the magnetic field of the magnet 200 induced from the magnetic induction protrusion 310.
  • connection protrusion 560 maintains a vertical state and transmits power to the third elastic member 550.
  • the electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 750 and the magnetic induction protrusion 310 are applied.
  • the second blade 700 is horizontally moved to the right by the interaction with the magnetic field of the magnet 200.
  • the first blade 400 also moves together with the second blade 700 in the same direction.
  • one end of the second elastic member 800 and the connection protrusion 560 is moved to the right with respect to the other end fixed to the housing 100 to be relaxed.
  • connection protrusion 560 is inserted into the avoidance groove 710 while being relaxed to the right.
  • connection protrusion 560 electrically connected to the power connection member 600 is integrally connected with the third elastic member, and the other end is coupled to the power connection member 600 to fix the second blade.
  • the left and right movement of the second blade 700 By contracting and relaxing in the left and right direction when the left and right movement of the 700, the left and right movement of the second blade 700 to minimize the elastic resistance of the connecting projection 560 to smooth the left and right movement of the second blade (700). It works.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function of the present invention
  • FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function of the present invention
  • FIG. 10 is an enlarged view of FIG. 9D.
  • the image capturing apparatus having the shake correction function includes a housing 2200, a first blade 2400, a first coil member 2410, a second blade 2300, A second coil member 2310, a first elastic member 2420, a second elastic member 2320, a power supply terminal 2430, and a magnet 2500 are included.
  • the housing 2200 is formed in a rectangular shape and separated into upper and lower portions, respectively, and the edges protrude in a direction facing each other, that is, in an up and down direction, contact each other, and surround the second blade 2300.
  • the second blade 2300 is mounted to be moved horizontally inside the housing 2200 in a rectangular hollow shape.
  • a through hole 2301 is formed at a side surface of the second blade 2300 so that the inside and the outside of the second blade 2300 communicate with each other.
  • One through hole 2301 is formed in each of four sides of the second blade 2300 in a rectangular shape.
  • fixing protrusions 2302 protruding in the direction of the magnet 2500 are formed at both sides of the through hole 2301, respectively.
  • the first blade 2400 is mounted to be moved up and down.
  • the first blade 2400 has a cylindrical hollow shape, and a plurality of lenses (not shown) for adjusting the magnification of the subject are inserted therein.
  • a first coil member 2410 is mounted on an outer circumferential surface of the first blade 2400.
  • the first coil member 2410 winds a thin wire through which an electric current passes through the outer circumferential surface of the first blade 2400.
  • the first coil member 2410 surrounds the outer circumferential surface of the first blade 2400 in one direction that rotates about the optical axis of the lens.
  • the first coil member 2410 moves up and down the first blade 2400 by forming a first electromagnetic field (not shown) around when the power is applied.
  • the second coil member 2310 is mounted on the outer surface of the second blade 2300.
  • the second coil member 2310 is formed to have a hollow cylindrical shape by winding a thin wire through which a current flows through the second coil member 2300 horizontally with an outer surface of the second blade 2300.
  • the second coil member 2310 is mounted to face the outer circumferential surface of the second blade 2300 in pairs.
  • the two second coil members 2310 are arranged on the outer circumferential surface of the second blade 2300 facing each other, one by one to form a pair, and a total of two pairs of the second coil members 2310 are the second blades 2300. It is mounted on the outer circumferential surface of the.
  • the second coil member 2310 is mounted so that the center portion is inserted into the fixing protrusion 2302 formed on the outer surface of the second blade 2300.
  • the hollow part of the second coil member 2310 may be inserted into the hollow part 2311 in which the central part of the second coil member 2310 is formed so that the two fixing protrusions 2302 formed on both sides of the through hole 2301 are inserted.
  • 2311 is in communication with the through hole (2301).
  • the second coil member 2310 horizontally moves the second blade 2300 by forming a second electromagnetic field (not shown) around when the power is applied.
  • the magnet 2500 is mounted on the side of the housing 2200 and disposed adjacent to the outside of the second coil member 2310.
  • the magnet 2500 includes a first magnet 2510, a second magnet 2520, and a third magnet 2530.
  • the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520 have a rectangular shape, the polarity of the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520 are separated up and down, and a total of eight magnets are provided on each side of the housing 2200.
  • the second magnet 2520 is disposed below the first magnet 2510 with the third magnet 2530 interposed therebetween.
  • the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520 are separated with the polarity of the upper and lower symmetry around the third magnet (2530).
  • the polarities of the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 are the same, and the polarities of the upper end of the first magnet 2510 and the lower end of the second magnet 2520 are identical to each other. .
  • the third magnet 2530 has a quadrangular shape, and the polarities thereof are separated in a moving direction of the second blade 2300, that is, in a left and right direction, and a total of four third magnets 2530 are provided on each side of the housing 2200.
  • the third magnet 2530 is mounted between the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520.
  • one end of the third magnet 2530 protrudes in the direction of the second coil member 2310, and one end of the third magnet 2530 penetrates through the center of the second coil member 2310, that is, the hollow part 2311. Disposed adjacent to 2410.
  • the other end of the third magnet 2530 is in contact with the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520, respectively.
  • the first magnet 2510 is mounted on the upper end of the third magnet 2530
  • the second magnet 2520 is mounted on the lower end of the third magnet 2530.
  • the third magnet 2530 has a polarity at the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the other end contacting the upper end of the second magnet 2520 with a polarity at the bottom of the first magnet 2510 and the top of the second magnet 2520. And are placed opposite each other.
  • the polarity of one end of the third magnet 2530 protruding toward the second coil member 2310 is disposed opposite to the polarity of the upper end of the first magnet 2510 and the lower end of the second magnet 2520.
  • the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 is N pole, and the upper end of the first magnet 2510 and the lower end of the second magnet 2520. Is the S pole, and one end of the third magnet 2530 is the N pole and the other end is the S pole.
  • the magnetic force lines generated at the lower pole of the first magnet 2510 move to the upper pole of the first magnet 2510 through the second coil member 2310, and the upper pole of the second magnet 2520.
  • the magnetic force lines generated in the second direction move to the S pole, which is the lower end of the second magnet 2520, through the second coil member 2310.
  • the magnetic force lines generated at the north pole of one end of the third magnet 2530 are moved to the south pole of the upper end of the first magnet 2510 and the south pole of the second magnet 2520 through the second coil member 2310. do.
  • the third magnet 2530 between the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520, not only the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520 but also the third magnet 2530
  • the magnetic field lines are mutually with the first electromagnetic field of the first coil member 2410 and / or the second electromagnetic field of the second coil member 2310 while passing through the first coil member 2410 and / or the second coil member 2310. Increasing the strength of the magnetic field acting, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 2410 and / or the second coil member 2310.
  • One end of the third magnet 2530 penetrates through the second coil member 2310 in the direction of the first coil member 2410, thereby arranging the third magnet 2530 adjacent to the first coil member 2410. Therefore, the magnetic field generated by the third magnet 2530 increases the range of interaction with the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 2410, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 2410. have.
  • the polarity of the other end of the third magnet 2530 in contact with the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 is the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520.
  • the length of the second coil member 2310 is smaller than the length of the magnet 2500 in the vertical direction.
  • the upper end of the second coil member 2310 is disposed below the upper end of the first magnet 2510, and the lower end of the second coil member 2310 is disposed above the lower end of the second magnet 2520.
  • the second coil member 2310 is disposed within the range of the magnetic field generated by the magnet 2500, so that the second coil member 2310 The amount of the magnetic field acting on the coil member 2310 is increased, thereby improving the driving force of the second coil member 2310.
  • the magnet 2500 is inserted into and inserted into the insertion groove 2210 formed on the side of the housing 2200, which is vertically separated.
  • a pair of first magnets 2510, a second magnet 2520, and a third magnet 2530 are inserted into and inserted into the insertion groove 2210, respectively.
  • the first elastic member 2420 is mounted on the lower end of the first blade 2400 to elastically support the first blade 2400 in the vertical direction.
  • the first elastic member 2420 is made of a thin plate material horizontal to the second blade 2300, and the surface is plated with a metal material to be electrically connected.
  • the first elastic member 2420 may include a first fixing part 2421 fixed to the first blade 2400, a second fixing part 2422 fixed to the second blade 2300, and a first fixing part and a first fixing part 2420. It is formed between the two fixing portion is made of an elastic portion 2423 that is contracted or relaxed during the vertical movement of the first blade 2400.
  • the first elastic member 2420 is connected to the power supply terminal 2430 to receive power from the power supply terminal 2430, and is also electrically connected to the first coil member 2410 to be applied from the power supply terminal 2430. Power is transmitted to the first coil member 2410.
  • the power supply terminal 2430 is made of a thin plate material perpendicular to the second blade 2300 as opposed to the first elastic member 2420.
  • the power supply terminal 2430 includes a first extension part 2431 formed in parallel with an outer surface of the second blade 2300, and a second extension part 2432 bent from the first extension part 2431. It is done by
  • the power supply terminal 2430 is formed in a shape in which a thin plate horizontal to the outer surface of the second blade 2300 is bent along the outer surface of the second blade 2300.
  • the power supply terminal 2430 connected to the first elastic member 2420 includes the second extension part 2432 bent from the first extension part 2431, thereby contracting when the second blade 2300 moves horizontally. Or it is relaxed to minimize the external force applied to the second blade (2300) by the power supply terminal (2430).
  • the second blade 2300 is equipped with a second elastic member 2320 to elastically support the second blade 2300 in the horizontal direction.
  • the second elastic member 2320 is made of a thin long wire line, the upper end is fixed to the upper side of the housing 2200, the lower end is mounted below the second blade 2300.
  • the second elastic member 2320 is made of an electrically conductive metal material, and is connected to the second coil member 2310 to transfer power to the second coil member 2310.
  • the second elastic member 2320 that elastically supports the second blade 2300 is connected to the second coil member 2310 to transfer power to the second coil member 2310, thereby eliminating a separate power transmission means.
  • Supplying power to the two coil member 2310 has the effect of reducing the number of parts, and easy assembly.
  • the second elastic member 2320 is formed of a plurality, it is mounted on one of the four symmetrical to the second blade 2300 to support the second blade 2300 to maintain the horizontal.
  • the second elastic member 2320 is connected to the second coil member 2310 mounted on the outer surface of the second blade 2300 to transfer power, so as to face a pair of outer surfaces of the second blade 2300. The same power is applied to the mounted second coil member 2310.
  • FIG. 11 to 13 are operation state diagrams of the image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function as seen in B-B of Figure 8
  • Figure 14 is an operation state diagram of the power terminal viewed from C-C of FIG.
  • the first blade 2400 and the second blade 2300 may be formed of the first elastic member 2420. And the second elastic member 2320 are not supported to move arbitrarily.
  • first elastic member 2420 maintains a horizontal state
  • second elastic member 2320 maintains a vertical state
  • a first electromagnetic field is formed around the first coil member 2410, and the first electromagnetic field is a magnetic field generated by the magnet 2500.
  • the first blade 2400 By raising the first blade 2400 by the interaction of.
  • the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 2410 is generated at one end of the third magnet 2530 to interact with the magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 2410 to raise the first blade 2400.
  • first blade 2400 ascends and relaxes the first elastic member 2420 upward.
  • the second blade 2300 is supported by the second elastic member 2320 does not rise.
  • the first blade 2400 is moved to an initial position by the elastic restoring force of the first elastic member 2420, and is elastically supported so as not to rise arbitrarily.
  • FIG 13 illustrates an operating state when power is applied to the second coil member 2310.
  • a second electromagnetic field is formed around the second coil member 2310, and the second electromagnetic field is connected to a magnetic field generated by the magnet 2500.
  • the second blade 2300 is horizontally moved to the left by interaction.
  • the second electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 2310 is generated by the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 to pass through the second coil member 2310, and the third The second blade 2300 is horizontally moved to the left side by interacting with a magnetic force line generated at one end of the magnet 2530 and passing through the second coil member 2310.
  • the second electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 2310 is generated at one end of the third magnet 2530 and also interacts with the magnetic force line passing through the second coil member 2310 to horizontally horizontal the second blade 2300 to the left. Move it.
  • the second blade 2300 relaxes and tilts the second elastic member 2320 in the left direction while moving to the left.
  • first blade 2400 and the first elastic member 2420 mounted on the second blade 2300 are also horizontally moved to the left side.
  • the power supply terminal 2430 connected to the first elastic member 2420 distributes power while contracting or relaxing to minimize external force that interferes with the second blade 2300.
  • the first extension part 2431 and the second extension part 2432 form a right angle with each other, and are shown in FIG. 14B.
  • the first extension part 2431 and the second extension part 2432 contract or relax with each other so that the force is dispersed.
  • the power supply terminal 2430 connected to the first elastic member 2420 includes the second extension part 2432 bent from the first extension part 2431, thereby contracting when the second blade 2300 moves horizontally. Or it is relaxed to minimize the external force applied to the second blade (2300) by the power supply terminal (2430).
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 16 is a one-way exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view from another direction of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a third exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
  • the image photographing apparatus having the shake correction function includes a housing, a first blade 3200, a first coil member 3250, and a second blade ( 3300, the second coil member 3350, the magnet 3500, the first elastic member 3700 and the second elastic member 3800, and the housing is formed of a case 3100 and a second blade 3300. And a cover 3150 and a base 3400.
  • the second blade 3300 has a hexahedron shape, the upper and lower ends of which are opened, and the first blade 3200 is mounted to move vertically therein.
  • first elastic member 3700 and the cover 3150 are mounted on the upper side of the second blade 3300, and the base 3400 is fixed to the lower side.
  • the cover 3150 has a quadrangular shape and has a central portion open upward and downward to allow incident light of the lens to pass therethrough.
  • the first blade 3200 has a hexahedral shape, the lower end of which is opened, an upper end of which is formed an opening hole 3210 through which incident light from a lens (not shown) passes, and an outer side of the first blade member 3250 is mounted.
  • a through hole 3220 through which the magnet 3500 is inserted is formed at an upper end of the first blade 3200.
  • the through hole 3220 has a quadrangular shape, the width of which is greater than the width of the magnet 3500, and a plurality of the through holes 3220 are disposed symmetrically with respect to the opening hole 3210.
  • the first coil member 3250 is a thin wire through which a current flows, and is wound around the outer surface of the first blade 3200.
  • the outer edge portion of the first blade 3200 is chamfered to prevent the first coil member 3250 from being damaged.
  • the second blade 3300 is mounted in the first blade 3200 to be moved in the horizontal direction by the second elastic member 3800.
  • the second blade 3300 has a hexahedron shape, the center of which is vertically open, and a lens is inserted therein.
  • the second coil member 3350 is mounted on the side surface of the second blade 3300.
  • the second coil member 3350 is a thin wire having a current flowing therein and is wound in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member 3250, and is formed in a circular hollow shape.
  • a total of four second coil members 3350 are mounted on the side surfaces of the second blades 3300 and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the optical axis of the lens.
  • the base 3400 is mounted to the lower side of the second blade 3300, the center is formed in the rectangular shape up and down open.
  • the magnet 3500 is fixed to the upper side of the base 3400.
  • the magnet 3500 is disposed adjacent to the outside of the second coil member 3350 on the upper side of the base 3400.
  • the magnet 3500 includes a first magnet 3510, a second magnet 3520, and a third magnet 3530.
  • the first magnets 3510 and the second magnets 3520 are squarely divided up and down in polarity, and are arranged on two sides of each of the second coil members 3350 to have a total of eight.
  • the second magnet 3520 is disposed below the first magnet 3510 with the third magnet 3530 interposed therebetween.
  • the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520 are separated from each other in a vertically and symmetrical polarity with respect to the third magnet 3530.
  • the polarities of the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 are the same, and the polarities of the upper end of the first magnet 3510 and the lower end of the second magnet 3520 are the same. .
  • first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520 are disposed between the first blade 3200 and the second blade 3300, one end of which is disposed in the direction of the second coil member 3350 and the other end of which is the first magnet 3520. It is arranged in the coil member 3250 direction.
  • one end of the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520 is disposed adjacent to the second coil member 3350, and the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520 are disposed.
  • the other end of the second blade 3200 is disposed to face the inner surface of the first blade 3200 and is adjacent to the first coil member 3250 mounted on the outer surface of the first blade 3200.
  • the third magnet 3530 has a quadrangular shape and the polarity thereof is separated in a moving direction of the second blade 3300, that is, in a left and right direction, and includes a total of four one at each side of the second coil member 3350.
  • the third magnet 3530 is mounted between the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520.
  • one end of the third magnet 3530 protrudes in the direction of the second coil member 3350, and one end of the third magnet 3530 is inserted into the center of the second coil member 3350.
  • the other end of the third magnet 3530 is disposed to face the inner surface of the first blade 3200 and is adjacent to the first coil member 3250 mounted to the outside of the first blade 3200.
  • the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 is N pole, and the upper end of the first magnet 3510 and the lower end of the second magnet 3520. Is the S pole, and one end of the third magnet 3530 is the N pole and the other end is the S pole.
  • the magnetic force line generated at the pole moves to the S pole, which is the lower end of the second magnet 3520, through the second coil member 3350.
  • some of the magnetic force lines generated at the N pole, which is the lower end of the first magnet 3510 are S poles which are the upper ends of the first magnets 3510 and S poles which are the other ends of the third magnet 3530 via the first coil member 3250. And the other end of the magnetic poles generated at the north pole of the second magnet 3520 through the first coil member 3250 and the other end of the S pole and the third magnet 3530 which are the lower ends of the second magnet 3520. Go to the S pole.
  • the magnetic force lines generated at the north pole of one end of the third magnet 3530 are respectively moved to the south pole of the first magnet 3510 and the south pole of the second magnet 3520 via the second coil member 3350. do.
  • the magnetic force lines generated in the third magnet 3530 is the first coil member 3250 and / or the second While passing through the coil member 3350, the strength of the magnetic field interacting with the first electromagnetic field of the first coil member 3250 and / or the second electromagnetic field of the second coil member 3350 is increased, thereby increasing the strength of the first coil member. 3250 and / or the driving force of the second coil member 3350 is improved.
  • one end of the third magnet 3530 protrudes in the direction of the second coil member 3350, thereby causing the third magnet 3530 to be adjacent to the second coil member 3350 to generate a magnetic field generated by the third magnet 3530.
  • the other end of the third magnet 3530 is in contact with the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520.
  • the first magnet 3510 is mounted on the upper end of the third magnet 3530
  • the second magnet 3520 is mounted on the lower end of the third magnet 3530.
  • the third magnet 3530 has a polarity at the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the other end contacting the upper end of the second magnet 3520 at a lower end of the first magnet 3510 and an upper end of the second magnet 3520. And are placed opposite each other.
  • the polarity of one end of the third magnet 3530 protruding toward the second coil member 3350 is disposed opposite to the polarity of the upper end of the first magnet 3510 and the lower end of the second magnet 3520.
  • the polarity of the other end of the third magnet 3530 that is in contact with the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 may be defined by the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520.
  • the other end of the third magnet 3530 and the other end of the third magnet 3530 having the opposite polarity and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 are attracted to each other. Attached to the first magnet 3510, the second magnet 3520 and the third magnet 3530 has an effect of improving the mutual coupling force, and easy assembly.
  • the first magnet 3510 which is in contact with the upper surface of the third magnet 3530, is disposed at a height similar to the upper surface of the first blade 3200 and inserted into the through hole 3220 formed on the upper side of the first blade 3200. do.
  • the through hole 3220 is rectangular in shape and larger than the width of the first magnet 3510.
  • the vertical length of the second coil member 3350 is smaller than the vertical length of the magnet 3500.
  • the upper end of the second coil member 3350 is disposed below the upper end of the first magnet 3510, and the lower end of the second coil member 3350 is disposed above the lower end of the second magnet 3520.
  • the second coil member 3350 is disposed within the range of the magnetic field generated by the magnet 3500, so that the second coil member 3350 The amount of the magnetic field acting on the coil member 3350 is increased, thereby improving the driving force of the second coil member 3350.
  • the third elastic member 3790 and the second elastic member 3800 are mounted on the second blade 3300.
  • the third elastic member 3790 is made of a thin plate of a rectangular shape, the outer side is fixed to the base 3400, the inner side is mounted to the lower end of the second blade 3300 to move the second blade 3300 in the vertical direction And elastic support in the horizontal direction.
  • the second elastic member 3800 is formed of a wire spring formed vertically long, one end is fixed to the upper end of the first blade 3200, the other end is fixed to the lower end of the second blade 3300, the second blade The 3300 is elastically supported to be moved in the horizontal direction within the first blade 3200.
  • the second elastic member 3800 is made of an electrically conductive material and is electrically connected to the disconnection of the second coil member 3350.
  • a total of four second elastic members 3800 are mounted on the lower ends of the second blades 3300 and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the optical axis of the lens.
  • first elastic member 3700 is mounted on the first blade 3200.
  • the first elastic member 3700 is formed of a thin plate having a rectangular shape, and the outer side is coupled to the upper side of the second blade 3300 and the inner side is coupled to the upper side of the first blade 3200.
  • the outer side and the inner side of the first elastic member 3700 are elastically connected to each other, and can be contracted and relaxed in the vertical direction to elastically support the first blade 3200 to be moved up and down inside the second blade 3300.
  • the side of the first elastic member 3700 is formed with a terminal portion 3750 is bent to the side of the second blade 3300 and connected to the external power source, and is connected to the external power source and the first coil member 3250 It performs a function of supplying power to the second coil member 3350.
  • the first elastic member 3700 is a conductor layer (not shown) connected to an external power source to transfer power to the first coil member 3250 and the second coil member 3350, and an insulation layer surrounding the conductor layer. Is done.
  • the conductor layer is composed of a plurality of electric circuits for transmitting power to the first coil member 3250 or the second elastic member 3800, and is electrically connected to an external power source.
  • the conductor layer is directly connected to the disconnection of the first coil member 3250 to transfer external power to the first coil member 3250, and is electrically connected to one end of the second elastic member 3800 to be the second elastic member. Power is supplied to the second coil member 3350 connected to the other end of the 3800.
  • one end of the second elastic member 3800 that elastically supports the second blade 3300 in the horizontal direction is electrically connected to the conductor layer, and the other end is electrically connected to the disconnection of the second coil member 3350.
  • both the function of supplying power and the function of elastically supporting the second blade 3300 are performed to reduce the overall number of parts and simplify the structure.
  • the insulating layer is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, wraps the conductor layer to prevent the conductor layer from being damaged, and blocks external electrical noise.
  • the insulating layer is made of a flexible material is easily bent and has an elastic force.
  • the first elastic member 3700 mounted on the first blade 3200 to elastically support the first blade 3200 is connected to an external power source so that the first coil member 3250 and the second coil member 3350 are connected. It consists of a conductor layer that delivers power to the wire) and an insulating layer surrounding the conductor layer, thereby performing both a function of supplying power and a function of elastically supporting the first blade 3200 to reduce the overall number of parts and simplify the structure. Let's do it.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention as seen from the EE of FIG. 15, and FIGS. 19 and 20 are a third embodiment of the present invention as seen from the EE of FIG. 15.
  • the first blade 3200 may include the first elastic member 3700 and the third elastic member 3790. It is disposed in a supported state above the base 3400, the first elastic member 3700 maintains a horizontal state.
  • the second blade 3300 is disposed in a state of being supported above the base 3400 by the second elastic member 3800 in the first blade 3200.
  • the gap between the first coil member 3250 and the outer surface of the magnet 3500 is symmetrical with respect to the optical axis of the lens, and the gap between the inner surface of the magnet 3500 and the second coil member 3350 is It is symmetrical about the optical axis of the lens.
  • the first blade when power is applied to the first coil member 3250, the first blade may be formed by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 3250 and the magnetic field generated by the magnet 3500. 3200 rises.
  • the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 3250 is generated at the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and passes through the magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 3250, and is generated at the upper end of the second magnet 3520.
  • the first blade 3200 is lifted by the interaction of the force line passing through the first coil member 3250 and the magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 3250 by being generated at one end of the third magnet 3530.
  • the first elastic member 3700 mounted on the upper side of the first blade 3200 relaxes in an upward direction while the inner side thereof rises together with the first blade 3200.
  • the inner side of the first elastic member 3700 is also raised to the second blade 3300 connected to the inner side of the first elastic member 3700 and connected by the second elastic member 3800 to the inside of the first blade 3200. While rising together.
  • the magnetic field of the magnet 3500 is uniformly conducted to the second coil members 3350 disposed on both sides of the second blade 3300, thereby horizontally moving the second blade 3300. Make the movement smooth.
  • first coil member 3250 may move downward when the direction of the applied power is reversed.
  • the second blade 3300 is the first blade 3200 inside the first blade 3200. Independently move horizontally to the left.
  • the second electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 3350 is generated at the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and passes through the magnetic force line passing through the second coil member 3350, and is generated at the upper end of the second magnet 3520.
  • the second blade 3300 is horizontally moved by the interaction between the force line passing through the second coil member 3350 and the magnetic force line passing through the second coil member 3350 at one end of the third magnet 3530.
  • the second elastic member 3800 As the second blade 3300 moves to the left side, the second elastic member 3800 is deformed to the left side, and the second elastic member 3800 elastically supports the second blade 3300 to the right by elastic restoring force.
  • the second blade 3300 is movable in the right or front and rear directions according to the direction of the current applied to the second coil member 3350.
  • the magnet 3500 is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade 3200 and the outer surface of the second blade 3300, and the first blade 3200 and the second blade 3300 are vertically moved together.
  • the second coil member 3350 and the magnet (3350) mounted on the Shanghai simultaneous second blade 3300 of the first blade 3200 may be provided.
  • the spacing of the 3500 is kept constant, and the magnetic field of the magnet 3500 is uniformly conducted to the second coil members 3350 mounted on both sides of the second blade 3300 so that the horizontal of the second blade 3300 is uniform. Make the movement smooth.
  • FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the image capturing apparatus of the fourth embodiment
  • FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective view of the image capturing apparatus of the fourth embodiment
  • FIG. 23 is an enlarged partial perspective view of D of FIG.
  • the image photographing apparatus having the shake correction function includes a housing 4200, a second blade 4300, a second coil member 4310, and a first blade 4400.
  • the first coil member 4410, the magnet 4500, the first yoke 4900, the second yoke 4600, the first elastic member 4420, the power supply terminal 4430 and the second elastic member 4320 It is made, including.
  • the housing 4200 is formed to be separated into upper and lower portions in a rectangular shape, and the edges protrude in a direction facing each other to be coupled to surround the second blade 4300.
  • the second blade 4300 is mounted to be moved horizontally inside the housing 4200 in a rectangular hollow shape.
  • a through hole 4301 is formed at a side surface of the second blade 4300 to open the inside and the outside of the second blade 4300.
  • the through holes 4301 are formed in one quadrangle shape on each of four side surfaces of the second blade 4300.
  • fixing protrusions 4302 protruding in the direction of the magnet 4500 are formed at both sides of the through hole 4301.
  • the first blade 4400 is mounted to be moved up and down.
  • the first blade 4400 has a cylindrical hollow shape, and a plurality of lenses (not shown) for adjusting the magnification of the subject are inserted therein.
  • a first coil member 4410 is mounted on an outer circumferential surface of the first blade 4400.
  • the first coil member 4410 is wound around the outer circumferential surface of the first blade 4400 with a thin wire through which a current flows.
  • the first coil member 4410 surrounds the outer circumferential surface of the first blade 4400 in one direction that rotates about the optical axis of the lens.
  • the first coil member 4410 moves up and down the first blade 4400 by forming a first electromagnetic field (not shown) around when the power is applied.
  • the second coil member 4310 is mounted on the outer surface of the second blade 4300.
  • the second coil member 4310 is wound around the outer surface of the second blade 4300 with a thin wire through which a current flows, and is formed in a hollow cylindrical shape.
  • the second coil member 4310 is mounted to face the outer circumferential surface of the second blade 4300 in pairs.
  • the two second coil members 4310 are arranged on the outer circumferential surface of the second blade 4300 facing each other one by one to form a pair, and a total of two pairs of the second coil members 4310 are the second blades 4300. It is mounted on the outer circumferential surface of the.
  • the second coil member 4310 is mounted to be inserted into the fixing protrusion 4302 formed on the outer surface of the second blade 4300.
  • the hollow part 4320 of the second coil member 4310 may be inserted into the hollow part 4311 formed in the center of the second coil member 4310 by inserting the two fixing protrusions 4302 formed on both sides of the through hole 4301. 4311 is in communication with the through hole 4301.
  • the second coil member 4310 horizontally moves the second blade 4300 by forming a second electromagnetic field (not shown) around when the power is applied.
  • the magnet 4500 is mounted on the side of the housing 4200 and disposed adjacent to the outside of the second coil member 4310.
  • the magnet 4500 is a two-pole separate magnet up and down in a rectangular shape, and consists of a total of eight two on each side of the housing 4200.
  • the magnet 4500 is inserted into the insertion groove 4210 formed on the side of the housing 4200 is vertically separated.
  • the magnets 4500 are mounted one by one to the insertion grooves 4210 to allow the magnets 4500 to be separated up and down.
  • the magnet 4500 includes a first magnet 4510 and a second magnet 4520 disposed below the first magnet 4510.
  • the second yoke 4600 is mounted between the first magnet 4510 and the second magnet 4520.
  • first magnet 4510 and the second magnet 4520 are disposed to have the same polarity in the direction in contact with the second yoke 4600.
  • the magnetic field generated by the magnets 4500 is horizontal with the second electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the second coil member 4310. To be.
  • the second yoke 4600 mounted between the magnets 4500 may be formed of a metal material that is ferromagnetic in a rectangular shape.
  • one end of the second yoke 4600 is disposed between the magnets 4500, and the magnets are in contact with the magnets 4500.
  • the other end of the second yoke 4600 is protruded in the direction of the second blade 4300 and penetrates through the second coil member 4310 and is adjacent to the first coil member 4410.
  • the other end of the second yoke 4600 is inserted into the hollow portion 4311 of the second coil member 4310 through the fixing protrusion 4302 of the second blade 4300 in which the second coil member 4310 is inserted. It penetrates through the through-hole 4301 of the second blade 4300 in communication with the hollow portion 4311 and is adjacent to the first coil member 4410.
  • the magnetic field generated by the magnet 4500 can be guided to the second coil member 4310 through the second yoke 4600. Can be.
  • the second yoke 4600 is inserted into the through hole 4301 of the second blade 4300 so that the second yoke 4600 passes through the second coil member 4310 and is adjacent to the first coil member 4410. You can do that.
  • the first yoke 4900 has a rectangular shape, the thickness is thinner than the second yoke 4600, the width is formed larger than the width of the magnet 4500.
  • first yoke 4900 is composed of a plurality of one is disposed on each of the upper portion of the first magnet 4510, it is fixedly mounted on the upper surface of the first magnet 4510.
  • the upper end of the first magnet 4510 is disposed so that the lower end of the S pole is the N pole, and the first yoke 4900 is mounted on the upper part of the S pole located at the upper end of the first magnet 4510. .
  • the first yoke 4900 has a magnetic force line generated at the north pole of the first magnet 4510 via the first coil member 4410 and / or the second coil member 4310 and the upper end of the first magnet 4510. To return to the S pole.
  • the magnetic force lines generated at the N poles of the first magnet 4510 pass through the first coil member 4410 and / or the second coil member 4310 to the first yoke 4900 mounted on the first magnet 4510.
  • the magnetic force lines generated in the first magnet 4510 is prevented from being dispersed to the outside, thereby increasing the magnetic field strength of the first magnet 4510, thereby increasing the first coil member 4410 and And / or improves the driving force of the second coil member 4310.
  • the first yoke 4900 may be disposed under the second magnet 4520, or may be disposed under both the upper part of the first magnet 4510 and the lower part of the second magnet 4520.
  • the upper end of the first magnet 4510 may be disposed such that the lower end of the N pole becomes the S pole.
  • first yoke 4900 protrudes in the direction of the first coil member 4410.
  • the first yoke 4900 protrudes linearly in the direction of the first coil member 4410, that is, outward from the S pole of the first magnet 4510, that is, the first magnet 4510. Is disposed inside the first coil member 4410.
  • the first yoke 4900 is generated at the north pole of the lower end of the first magnet 4510 to induce a magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 4410 to be better returned to the south pole of the first magnet 4510. do.
  • the first yoke 4900 protrudes in the direction of the first coil member 4410, thereby bringing the first yoke 4900 close to the first coil member 4410 and returning to the first magnet 4510.
  • the magnetic force line of the 4510 is increased, thereby increasing the magnetic field strength of the first magnet 4510, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 4410.
  • the first elastic member 4420 is mounted on the lower end of the first blade 4400 to elastically support the first blade 4400 in the vertical direction.
  • the first elastic member 4420 is made of a thin plate material horizontal to the second blade 4300, and the surface of the first elastic member 4420 is plated with a metal material so as to conduct electricity.
  • first elastic member 4420 may include a first fixing part 4421 fixed to the first blade 4400, a second fixing part 4422 and a first fixing part 4421 fixed to the second blade 4300. And an elastic part 4423 formed between the second fixing part 4422 and contracting or relaxing when the first blade 4400 moves up and down.
  • the first elastic member 4420 is connected to the power supply terminal 4430 to receive power from the power supply terminal 4430, and is also electrically connected to the first coil member 4410 and applied from the power supply terminal 4430. Power is transmitted to the first coil member 4410.
  • the power supply terminal 4430 is made of a thin plate material perpendicular to the second blade 4300 as opposed to the first elastic member 4420.
  • the power supply terminal 4430 includes a first extension portion 4431 formed in parallel with the outer surface of the second blade 4300, and a second extension portion 4432 formed from the first extension portion 4431. It is done by
  • the power supply terminal 4430 is formed in a shape in which a thin plate horizontal to the outer surface of the second blade 4300 is bent along the outer surface of the second blade 4300.
  • the power supply terminal 4430 connected to the first elastic member 4420 includes the second extension part 4432 formed from the first extension part 4431, and thus contracts when the second blade 4300 moves horizontally. Or it is relaxed to minimize the external force applied to the second blade (4300) by the power supply terminal (4430).
  • the second blade 4300 is equipped with a second elastic member 4320 to elastically support the second blade 4300 in the horizontal direction.
  • the second elastic member 4320 is made of a thin long wire line, the upper end is fixed to the upper side of the housing 4200, the lower end is mounted below the second blade 4300.
  • the second elastic member 4320 is made of an electrically conductive metal material, and is connected to the second coil member 4310 to transmit power to the second coil member 4310.
  • the second elastic member 4320 elastically supporting the second blade 4300 is connected to the second coil member 4310 to transfer power to the second coil member 4310, thereby eliminating a separate power transmission means.
  • Supplying power to the 2 coil member 4310 has the effect of reducing the number of parts, and easy assembly.
  • the second elastic member 4320 is composed of a plurality of, it is mounted on one of four places symmetrical to the second blade 4300 to support the second blade 4300 to maintain the horizontal.
  • the second elastic member 4320 is connected to the second coil member 4310 mounted on the outer surface of the second blade 4300 to transfer power, so as to face a pair of outer surfaces of the second blade 4300.
  • the same power is applied to the mounted second coil member 4310.
  • FIG. 24 to 26 are operation state diagrams of the image photographing apparatus as viewed from B-B of FIG. 21, and FIG. 27 is an operation state diagram of the power supply terminal as seen from C-C of FIG.
  • the first blade 4400 and the second blade 4300 may be formed of the first elastic member 4420. Since it is supported by the second elastic member 4320, it does not move arbitrarily.
  • first elastic member 4420 maintains a horizontal state
  • second elastic member 4320 maintains a vertical state
  • a first electromagnetic field is formed around the first coil member 4410, and the first electromagnetic field is generated from the magnet 4500 to generate a second yoke.
  • the first blade 4400 is raised by the interaction with the magnetic field induced through the 4600.
  • the first yoke 4900 induces a line of magnetic force generated at the north pole of the first magnet 4510 to return to the south pole of the top of the first magnet 4510 via the first coil member 4410.
  • the first blade 4400 ascends and relaxes the first elastic member 4420 in the upward direction.
  • the second blade 4300 is supported by the second elastic member 4320 does not rise.
  • the first blade 4400 is lowered while the direction of the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 4410 is reversed.
  • the first blade 4400 moves to an initial position by the elastic restoring force of the first elastic member 4420 and is elastically supported so as not to be arbitrarily raised.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates an operating state when power is applied to the second coil member 4310.
  • a second electromagnetic field is formed around the second coil member 4310, and the second electromagnetic field is generated from the magnet 4500 to generate the second yoke.
  • the second blade 4300 is horizontally moved to the left by interaction with the magnetic field induced through the 4600.
  • the second blade 4300 relaxes and tilts the second elastic member 4320 in the left direction while moving to the left.
  • first blade 4400 and the first elastic member 4420 mounted on the second blade 4300 also move horizontally to the left side.
  • the power supply terminal 4430 connected to the first elastic member 4420 distributes the force while contracting or relaxing to minimize the external force that interferes with the second blade 4300.
  • the first extension part 4431 and the second extension part 4432 form a right angle with each other.
  • the first extension part 4431 and the second extension part 4432 are contracted or relaxed with each other to distribute the force.
  • the magnetic field generated by the magnet 4500 interacts with both the first electromagnetic field and the second electromagnetic field through the second yoke 4600, and thus, the shanghai-dong and the second blade 4300 of the first blade 4400. Integrating the magnet (4500) for the horizontal movement of the) reduces the number of parts, facilitates assembly, there is an effect of reducing the overall size.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 29 is a one-way exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment.
  • 30 is an exploded perspective view of another direction of the image photographing apparatus with the shake correction function according to the fifth embodiment.
  • the image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function includes a housing, a first blade 5200, a first coil member 5250, a second blade 5300, The second coil member 5350, the magnet 5500, the first yoke 5900, the second yoke 5600, the first elastic member 5700, and the second elastic member 5800 are formed.
  • the second blade 5100, the cover 5150, and the base 5400 are included.
  • the housing has an hexahedral shape, the upper and lower ends of which are opened, and the first blade 5200 is mounted to move vertically therein.
  • first elastic member 5700 and the cover 5150 is mounted on the upper side of the housing, and the base 5400 is fixed to the lower side.
  • the cover 5150 has a rectangular shape and has a central portion open upward and downward to allow incident light of the lens to pass therethrough.
  • the first blade 5200 has a hexahedral shape, the lower end of which is open, an opening hole 5210 through which incident light from a lens (not shown) passes, and a first coil member 5250 is mounted on an outer side of the first blade 5200.
  • a through hole 5220 through which the first yoke 5900 is inserted is formed at an upper portion of the first blade 5200.
  • the through-hole 5220 has a square shape, the width of which is larger than the width of the first yoke 5900, and consists of a plurality of through-holes 5210 to be symmetrically arranged about the opening hole 5210.
  • the first coil member 5250 is a thin wire through which a current flows, and is wound around the outer surface of the first blade 5200.
  • the outer edge portion of the first blade 5200 is chamfered to prevent the first coil member 5250 from being damaged.
  • the second blade 5300 is mounted in the first blade 5200 to be moved in the horizontal direction by the second elastic member 5800.
  • the second blade 5300 has a hexahedron shape, the center of which is vertically open, and a lens is inserted therein.
  • a second coil member 5350 is mounted on a side surface of the second blade 5300.
  • the second coil member 5350 is a thin wire having a current flowing therein and is wound in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member 5250, and is formed in a circular hollow shape.
  • a total of four second coil members 5350 are mounted on side surfaces of the second blade 5300, and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the optical axis of the lens.
  • the base 5400 is mounted to the lower side of the second blade 5300, the center is formed in the top and bottom open in a rectangular shape.
  • the magnet 5500, the first yoke 5900, and the second yoke 5600 are mounted and fixed to an upper side of the base 5400.
  • the magnets 5500 are formed of a plurality of cubes, and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the first blade 5200.
  • the magnet 5500 is mounted between the first blade 5200 and the second blade 5300, one side of which is disposed in the direction of the first coil member 5250, and the other side of the magnet 5500 is disposed in the direction of the second coil member 5350. .
  • one surface of the magnet 5500 is disposed to face the inner surface of the first blade 5200 and adjacent to the first coil member 5250 mounted on the outer surface of the first blade 5200.
  • the other surface of the magnet 5500 is disposed to face the second coil member 5350 to be adjacent to the second coil member 5350.
  • the magnet 5500 has one surface disposed in the direction of the first coil member 5250 and the other surface disposed in the direction of the second coil member 5350 to be mounted and fixed to the base 5400.
  • the spacing of the magnets 5500 is reduced, thereby simplifying the overall structure and size.
  • the magnet 5500 is composed of eight pieces each of two on the side of the first blade 5200, and the first magnet 5510 and the second yoke 5600 which are in contact with the upper surface of the second yoke 5600, as described below.
  • the second magnet 5520 in contact with the lower surface of the ().
  • Polarities of the first magnets 5510 and the second magnets 5520 are formed in the vertical direction, respectively, and the polarities of the first magnets 5510 and the second magnets 5520 are vertically symmetric with respect to the second yoke 5600.
  • the polarity of the first magnet 5510 in contact with the upper surface of the second yoke 5600 is S pole in the upper direction
  • the N pole is disposed in the lower direction
  • Poles are arranged in the north pole and the south pole in the downward direction.
  • the first yoke 5900 has a rectangular shape, the thickness of which is thinner than that of the second yoke 5600, and the width of the first yoke 5900 is wider than that of the magnet 5500.
  • the first yoke (5900) is composed of a plurality of one is disposed on top of each of the first magnet (5510), it is fixedly mounted on the upper surface of the first magnet (5510).
  • the upper end of the first magnet (5510) is arranged so that the lower end of the S pole to the N pole, the first yoke (5900) was mounted on top of the S pole located on the upper end of the first magnet (5510).
  • the first yoke 5900 has a magnetic force line generated at the north pole of the first magnet 5510 through the first coil member 5250 and / or the second coil member 5350 and the upper end of the first magnet 5510. To return to the S pole.
  • the magnetic force lines generated at the N pole which is the lower end of the first magnet 5510, are mounted on the first magnet 5510 or the first coil 5510 via the first coil member 5250 or the second coil member 5350.
  • the first yoke 5900 may be disposed under the second magnet 5520, or may be disposed under both the upper part of the first magnet 5510 and the lower part of the second magnet 5520.
  • the lower end of the first magnet 5510 may be arranged such that the upper end of the S pole is the N pole.
  • first yoke 5900 protrudes in the direction of the first coil member 5250.
  • the first yoke 5900 protrudes in a straight line in the direction of the first coil member 5250, that is, outward from the upper portion of the first magnet 5510, and an end of the first yoke 5900 is inward of the first coil member 5250. Is placed on.
  • the first yoke 5900 is generated at the N pole, which is the lower end of the first magnet 5510, to induce a magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 5250 to be better returned to the S pole, which is the upper end of the first magnet 5510. do.
  • the first yoke 5900 protrudes in the direction of the first coil member 5250, thereby increasing the magnetic force line that returns the first yoke 5900 to the first coil member 5250 and returns to the first magnet 5510.
  • the magnetic field strength of the first magnet 5510 is increased, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 5250.
  • the second yoke 5600 is made of a magnetic material having a hexahedron shape, and the upper surface is in contact with the first magnet 5510 and the lower surface is fixed to the upper side of the base 5400 by contact with the second magnet 5520.
  • the second yoke 5600 includes four in total, one on each side of the first blade 5200.
  • the second yoke 5600 is disposed between the first blade 5200 and the second blade 5300, and one surface of the second yoke 5600 is disposed in the direction of the first coil member 5250. 5250, the other surface thereof is disposed in the direction of the second coil member 5350 to adjoin the second coil member 5350.
  • the magnet 5500 has the polarity of the second yoke 5600 disposed up and down symmetrically, and one side of the second yoke 5600 is disposed in the direction of the first coil member 5250, and the other side thereof has the second coil.
  • the overall structure is simplified, and the magnetic field of the magnet 5500 is sufficiently transmitted to the first coil member 5250 and the second coil member 5350 so that the first blade 5200 and the second are The blade 5300 moves smoothly.
  • the second yoke 5600 is provided with a magnetic induction protrusion 5610 protruding in the direction of the second coil member 5350 and inserted into the center of the second coil member 5350.
  • the magnetic induction protrusion 5610 is formed in a rectangular shape smaller than the width of the second yoke 5600 and is inserted into the center of the second coil member 5350 to be adjacent to the inner surface of the second coil member 5350.
  • the magnetic induction protrusion 5610 induces a magnetic field generated in the magnet 5500 disposed above and below the second yoke 5600 toward the second coil member 5350.
  • the magnetic field of the magnet 5500 is formed by forming the magnetic induction protrusion 5610 protruding toward the second coil member 5350 in the second yoke 5600 to be inserted into the center of the second coil member 5350. It is well guided in the direction of the two coil member (5350).
  • first magnet 5510 in contact with the upper surface of the second yoke 5600 is disposed at a height similar to the upper surface of the first blade 5200 and inserted into the through hole 5220 formed above the first blade 5200. do.
  • the through hole 5220 is rectangular in shape and larger than the width of the magnet 5500.
  • a through hole 5220 is formed through the magnet 5500 to penetrate the first blade 5200 when the first blade 5200 moves up and down, thereby reducing the size of the first blade 5200 and the magnet ( There is an effect of smoothing the vertical movement of the first blade (5200) by avoiding 5500.
  • the length of the second coil member 5350 is smaller than the sum of the lengths of the vertical direction of the magnet 5500 and the second yoke 5600.
  • the upper end of the second coil member 5350 is disposed below the upper end of the first magnet 5510, and the lower end of the second coil member 5350 is disposed above the lower end of the second magnet 5520.
  • the second coil member 5350 may be generated from the magnet 5500. Therefore, the amount of the magnetic field disposed in the range of the magnetic field induced by the second yoke 5600 and acting on the second coil member 5350 increases, thereby improving the driving force of the second coil member 5350. have.
  • a third elastic member 5790 and a second elastic member 5800 are mounted on the second blade 5300.
  • the third elastic member 5790 is made of a thin plate of a rectangular shape, the outside is mounted fixed to the base 5400, the inside is mounted to the lower portion of the second blade 5300 to move the second blade 5300 up and down And elastic support in the horizontal direction.
  • the second elastic member 5800 is formed of a wire spring formed vertically long, one end is fixed to the upper end of the first blade 5200, the other end is fixed to the lower portion of the second blade 5300 second blade The elastic support 5300 is moved in the horizontal direction inside the first blade 5200.
  • the second elastic member 5800 is made of an electrically conductive material and is electrically connected to the disconnection of the second coil member 5350.
  • a total of four second elastic members 5800 are mounted on the lower portion of the second blade 5300, and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the optical axis of the lens.
  • first elastic member 5700 is mounted on the first blade 5200.
  • the first elastic member 5700 is formed of a thin plate of a rectangular shape, the outer side is coupled to the upper side of the second blade 5300 and the inner side is coupled to the upper side of the first blade 5200.
  • the outer side and the inner side of the first elastic member 5700 are elastically connected to each other and can be contracted and relaxed in the vertical direction to elastically support the first blade 5200 to be moved up and down inside the second blade 5300.
  • the side of the first elastic member 5700 is bent to the side of the second blade 5300 is formed a terminal portion 5750 connected to the external power source, and is connected to the external power source and the first coil member 5250 It performs a function of supplying power to the second coil member (5350).
  • the first elastic member 5700 may be connected to an external power source to provide a conductor layer (not shown) for transferring power to the first coil member 5250 and the second coil member 5350, and an insulating layer surrounding the conductor layer. Is done.
  • the conductor layer is composed of a plurality of electric circuits for transmitting power to the first coil member 5250 or the second elastic member 5800, and is electrically connected to an external power source.
  • the conductor layer is directly connected to the disconnection of the first coil member 5250 to transfer external power to the first coil member 5250, and is electrically connected to one end of the second elastic member 5800 to be the second elastic member. Power is supplied to the second coil member 5350 connected to the other end of the 5800.
  • one end of the second elastic member 5800 that elastically supports the second blade 5300 in the horizontal direction is electrically connected to the conductor layer, and the other end is electrically connected to the disconnection of the second coil member 5350.
  • both the function of supplying power and the function of elastically supporting the second blade 5300 are performed to reduce the overall number of parts and simplify the structure.
  • the insulating layer is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, wraps the conductor layer to prevent the conductor layer from being damaged, and blocks external electrical noise.
  • the insulating layer is made of a flexible material is easily bent and has an elastic force.
  • the first elastic member 5700 mounted on the first blade 5200 to elastically support the first blade 5200 is connected to an external power source so that the first coil member 5250 and the second coil member 5350 are connected to an external power source. It consists of a conductor layer for transmitting power to the power supply) and an insulation layer surrounding the conductor layer, thereby performing both a function of supplying power and a function of elastically supporting the first blade 5200 to reduce the overall number of parts and simplify the structure. Let's do it.
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of the image capturing apparatus equipped with the shake correction function according to the fifth embodiment as seen in E-E of FIG. 28, and FIGS. 32 and 33 are operational state diagrams of the image capturing apparatus as seen in E-E of FIG.
  • the first blade 5200 may include the first elastic member 5700 and the third elastic member 5790. It is disposed in a supported state above the base 5400, the first elastic member 5700 maintains a horizontal state.
  • the second blade 5300 is disposed in a state of being supported above the base 5400 by the second elastic member 5800 inside the first blade 5200.
  • the distance between the first coil member 5250 and the outer surface of the magnet 5500 is symmetrical with respect to the optical axis of the lens, and the gap between the inner surface of the magnet 5500 and the second coil member 5350 is It is symmetrical about the optical axis of the lens.
  • the first blade when power is applied to the first coil member 5250, the first blade may be formed by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 5250 and the magnetic field generated by the magnet 5500. 5200 rises.
  • the first yoke 5900 induces a magnetic force line generated at the N pole, which is the lower end of the magnet 5500, to return the upper end of the magnet 5500 to the S pole via the first coil member 5250.
  • the first elastic member 5700 mounted on the upper side of the first blade 5200 relaxes upward while the inner side thereof rises with the first blade 5200.
  • the inner side of the first elastic member 5700 is also raised with the second elastic member 5700 connected to the inner side of the first elastic member 5700 and connected by the second elastic member 5800 inside the first blade 5200. While rising together.
  • the magnetic field of the magnet 5500 is uniformly conducted to the second coil members 5350 respectively disposed on both sides of the second blade 5300 so that the horizontal of the second blade 5300 is used. Make the movement smooth.
  • first coil member 5250 may move downward when the direction of the applied power is reversed.
  • the second blade 5300 is the first blade 5200 inside the first blade 5200. Independently move horizontally to the left.
  • the second elastic member 5800 As the second blade 5300 moves to the left side, the second elastic member 5800 is deformed to the left side, and the second elastic member 5800 elastically supports the second blade 5300 to the right by elastic restoring force.
  • the second blade 5300 is movable in the right or front and rear directions according to the direction of the current applied to the second coil member 5350.
  • the magnet 5500 is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade 5200 and the outer surface of the second blade 5300, and the first blade 5200 and the second blade 5300 move up and down together.
  • the second coil member 5350 and the magnet (50) mounted on the Shanghai simultaneous second blade 5300 of the first blade 5200 may be provided.
  • the interval of 5500 is kept constant, so that the magnetic field of the magnet 5500 is uniformly conducted to all of the second coil members 5350 mounted on both sides of the second blade 5300 so that the horizontal of the second blade 5300 is uniform. Make the movement smooth.
  • the image capturing apparatus equipped with the shake correction function of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and may be variously modified and implemented within the range to which the technical idea of the present invention is permitted.
  • the image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function of the present invention is installed in a small electronic device such as a mobile terminal, and when a subject shakes, the lens is moved in a direction to correct the shake to sharpen the image of the subject. Allows you to shoot.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Adjustment Of Camera Lenses (AREA)
  • Studio Devices (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is intended to enable a subject to be clearly captured by detecting shaking during shooting of the subject and by moving the lens in a direction so as to compensate for the shaking. According to the present invention, a coil and a magnet are provided, and when current is applied to the coil, the magnetic field generated by the magnet and the magnetic field generated by the coil cause the coil to move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction of the lens.

Description

떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치Imaging device with image stabilization
본 발명은 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치에 관한 것으로서, 특히 영상 촬영 장치의 흔들림을 감지하여 흔들림을 보정하는 방향으로 렌즈를 유동시킴으로써, 피사체의 상이 선명하게 촬영되게 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치에 관한 것이다.The present invention relates to an image capturing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function, and in particular, by detecting a shake of the image capturing apparatus and moving a lens in a direction for correcting a shake, the image of the subject having a shake correction function is provided. It relates to an image photographing apparatus.
최근에 휴대폰으로 대표되는 통신 단말기를 비롯한 소형의 전자기기에는 영상을 촬영하기 위한 소형의 영상 촬영 장치가 장착되어 있다. 이들 영상 촬영 장치는 소형이며 구조가 간단한 특징이 있다.Recently, small electronic devices including a communication terminal represented by a mobile phone are equipped with a small image capturing apparatus for capturing an image. These imaging apparatuses are characterized by small size and simple structure.
이러한 영상 촬영 장치의 구성으로는, 복수의 렌즈로 구성되는 렌즈 군, 렌즈 군을 통과한 광신호를 전기적인 신호로 변환하는 촬상소자 등을 포함한다.The configuration of such an image photographing apparatus includes a lens group composed of a plurality of lenses, an imaging device for converting an optical signal passing through the lens group into an electrical signal, and the like.
그런데 영상 촬영 장치가 부착된 전자기기를 잡은 사용자의 손이 떨리거나 또 다른 외부요인에 의해 전자기기에 진동이 전달되면, 영상 촬영 장치에 진동이 전달되어 피사체의 영상이 뿌옇게 되는 현상이 발생한다.However, if the user's hand holding the electronic device with the image capturing device is shaken or vibration is transmitted to the electronic device by another external factor, the vibration is transmitted to the image capturing device and the image of the subject becomes cloudy.
이러한 문제 때문에 깨끗한 화질의 영상을 촬영하기 위해서는 받침대를 사용하여야 하나, 이는 휴대하기 불편한 단점이 있어서 통상적으로 사용되지 않고 있다.Due to this problem, a pedestal should be used to capture a clear image, but it is not convenient to carry because it is inconvenient to carry.
따라서 일반적인 전자기기용 영상 촬영 장치는 떨림에 의한 화질 저하의 문제는 피할 수 없었다.Accordingly, the problem of deterioration of image quality due to tremor is inevitable in the general imaging apparatus for electronic devices.
본 발명은 전술한 문제점을 해결하기 위하여 안출된 것으로서, 피사체의 촬영시 떨림을 감지하여 떨림을 보정하는 방향으로 렌즈를 이동시켜 피사체가 선명하게 촬상되도록 하기 위한 것이다.The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, it is to detect the shaking when shooting the subject to move the lens in the direction to correct the shake so that the subject is clearly captured.
상기 목적을 달성하기 위한 제 1의 본 발명은, 하우징과, 상기 하우징의 내부에 배치되어 마그네트와 제 2코일부재에 의해 수평방향으로 이동하는 제 2블레이드와, 상기 제 2블레이드의 내부에 배치되어 상기 마그네트와 제 1코일부재에 의해 상하 이동하는 제 1블레이드를 포함하여 이루어지는 소형 카메라 장치에 있어서, 외측이 상기 제 2블레이드에 장착되고 내측이 상기 제 1블레이드에 장착되어 상기 제 1블레이드를 상하 탄성 지지하는 제 3탄성부재와; 상기 하우징의 상측에 배치되어 상기 제 1코일부재와 상기 제 2코일부재에 전원을 공급하는 전원연결부재; 더 포함하여 이루어지되, 상기 제 1코일부재는 상기 제 3탄성부재와 전기적으로 연결되고, 상기 제 3탄성부재에는 상기 전원연결부재 방향으로 돌출되어 일단이 상기 제 3탄성부재에 일체로 연결되고 타단이 상기 전원연결부재에 결합 고정되며 상기 제 2블레이드의 좌우 이동시 좌우 방향으로 수축 이완되는 연결돌기가 형성되고, 상기 연결돌기는 상기 전원연결부재와 전기적으로 연결되어 상기 전원연결부재의 전원을 상기 제 1코일부재에 전달하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치를 제공한다.According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a housing, a second blade disposed inside the housing and moving horizontally by a magnet and a second coil member, and disposed inside the second blade. In the compact camera device comprising a first blade that is moved up and down by the magnet and the first coil member, the outer side is mounted to the second blade and the inner side is mounted to the first blade, the upper and lower elastic A third elastic member for supporting; A power connection member disposed on an upper side of the housing to supply power to the first coil member and the second coil member; The first coil member is electrically connected to the third elastic member, and the third elastic member protrudes toward the power supply member so that one end is integrally connected to the third elastic member and the other end thereof. The connection protrusion is fixed to the power connection member and is contracted and relaxed in the left and right direction when the second blade moves left and right, and the connection protrusion is electrically connected to the power connection member to supply power to the power connection member. Provided is an image capturing apparatus having a shake correction function for transmitting to a coil member.
상기 제 3탄성부재는, 상기 제 1블레이드의 일측에 배치되는 제 1스프링과; 상기 제 1블레이드의 타측에 배치되는 제 2스프링; 을 포함하여 이루어지고, 상기 연결돌기는, 상기 제 1스프링의 모서리부에 구비되는 제 1연결돌기와; 상기 제 2스프링의 모서리부에 구비되되 상기 제 1연결돌기와 대각선 방향으로 대칭되게 배치되는 제 2연결돌기; 를 포함하여 이루어진다.The third elastic member may include a first spring disposed at one side of the first blade; A second spring disposed on the other side of the first blade; It comprises, and the connecting projection, the first connecting projection is provided on the corner portion of the first spring; A second connecting protrusion provided at an edge of the second spring and disposed symmetrically in a diagonal direction with the first connecting protrusion; It is made, including.
상기 제 2블레이드의 모서리부에는 회피홈이 형성되고, 상기 회피홈에는 상기 연결돌기가 상기 제 2블레이드와 이격된 상태로 배치된다.An avoidance groove is formed at an edge of the second blade, and the connection protrusion is disposed in the avoidance groove so as to be spaced apart from the second blade.
일단이 상기 제 2블레이드에 장착되고 타단이 상기 하우징에 장착되어 상기 제 2블레이드를 수평 방향으로 탄성 지지하는 제 2탄성부재;를 더 포함하여 이루어지되, 상기 연결돌기의 두께는 상기 제 2탄성부재의 두께보다 작아 상기 제 2블레이드의 좌우이동시 상기 연결돌기에 의한 탄성저항을 저하시킨다.A second elastic member having one end mounted on the second blade and the other end mounted on the housing to elastically support the second blade in a horizontal direction, wherein the connecting protrusion has a thickness of the second elastic member. Smaller than the thickness of the second blade to move the left and right elastic resistance due to the connecting projections decreases.
상기 제 1스프링과 상기 제 2스프링에는 상기 제 1연결돌기와 상기 제 2연결돌기가 각각 2개씩 구비되되, 2개의 상기 제 1연결돌기 중 어느 하나와 2개의 상기 제 2연결돌기 중 어느 하나는 각각 상기 전원 연결부재와 전기적으로 연결된다.The first spring and the second spring are each provided with two first connecting protrusions and two second connecting protrusions, each one of two first connecting protrusions and two second connecting protrusions, respectively. It is electrically connected to the power connection member.
외측이 상기 제 2블레이드에 장착되고 내측이 상기 제 1블레이드에 장착되어 상기 제 1블레이드를 상하 탄성지지하는 제 1탄성부재; 를 더 포함하여 이루어지되, 상기 제 1탄성부재는 상기 제 2블레이드의 상측에 배치되고, 상기 제 3탄성부재는 상기 제 2블레이드의 하측에 배치되며, 상기 연결돌기는 상기 제 2블레이드의 하측에서 상기 제 1탄성부재를 지나 상기 하우징을 관통하여 상기 전원연결부재와 연결된다.A first elastic member having an outer side mounted to the second blade and the inner side mounted to the first blade to elastically support the first blade up and down; It further comprises, wherein the first elastic member is disposed on the upper side of the second blade, the third elastic member is disposed on the lower side of the second blade, the connecting projection at the lower side of the second blade The first elastic member passes through the housing and is connected to the power connection member.
상기 목적을 달성하기 위한 제 2의 본 발명은, 하우징과; 상기 하우징의 내부에서 상하 이동되며, 외측에 제 1코일부재가 장착된 제 1블레이드와; 상기 하우징의 내부에서 수평 이동되며, 외측에 제 2코일부재가 장착된 제 2블레이드와; 상기 제 2코일부재의 외측에 배치되는 마그네트; 를 포함하여 이루어지되, 상기 마그네트는, 제 1마그네트와; 상기 제 1마그네트의 하부에 배치되는 제 2마그네트와; 상기 제 1마그네트와 상기 제 2마그네트 사이에 배치되며, 일단이 상기 제 2코일부재 방향으로 돌출된 제 3마그네트; 를 포함하여 이루어지고, 상기 제 1코일부재에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 1전자기장과 상기 마그네트에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 1블레이드는 상하이동하며, 상기 제 2코일부재에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 2전자기장과 상기 마그네트에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 2블레이드는 수평이동 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치를 제공한다.A second invention for achieving the above object, the housing; A first blade which is vertically moved inside the housing and has a first coil member mounted on an outside thereof; A second blade horizontally moved inside the housing and having a second coil member mounted on an outside thereof; A magnet disposed outside the second coil member; It comprises, but the magnet, and the first magnet; A second magnet disposed under the first magnet; A third magnet disposed between the first magnet and the second magnet, the third magnet having one end protruding toward the second coil member; The first blade is moved by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the first coil member and the magnetic field generated by the magnet, and when the power is applied to the second coil member. According to the interaction between the generated second electromagnetic field and the magnetic field generated by the magnet, the second blade provides an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function of horizontal movement.
상기 제 1코일부재는 상기 제 1블레이드를 중심으로 권취되고, 상기 제 2코일부재는 상기 제 1코일부재의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 상기 제 2블레이드의 측면에 권취되며, 상기 제 1마그네트와 상기 제 2마그네트는 상기 제 3마그네트를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 분리되고, 상기 제 3마그네트는 상기 제 2블레이드의 좌우 이동방향으로 극성이 분리된다.The first coil member is wound around the first blade, the second coil member is wound on the side surface of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member, and the first magnet The second magnet has a polarity is separated up and down symmetrically around the third magnet, the third magnet is separated in the left and right movement direction of the second blade.
상기 제 1마그네트의 하단 및 상기 제 2마그네트의 상단과 접하는 상기 제 3마그네트의 타단의 극성은 상기 제 1마그네트의 하단과 상기 제 2마그네트의 상단의 극성과 반대이고, 상기 제 2코일부재 방향으로 돌출된 상기 제 3마그네트의 일단의 극성은 상기 제 1마그네트의 상단 및 상기 제 2마그네트의 하단의 극성과 반대이다.The polarity of the other end of the third magnet in contact with the lower end of the first magnet and the upper end of the second magnet is opposite to the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet and the upper end of the second magnet, and toward the second coil member. The polarity of one end of the protruding third magnet is opposite to the polarity of the upper end of the first magnet and the lower end of the second magnet.
상기 제 2코일부재는 상하방향 길이가 상기 마그네트의 상하방향 길이보다 작다.The vertical length of the second coil member is smaller than the vertical length of the magnet.
상기 제 2블레이드는 상기 제 1블레이드의 내부에 수평 이동되게 장착되고, 상기 마그네트는 상기 제 1블레이드의 내측면과 상기 제 2블레이드의 외측면 사이에 배치되어 상기 하우징에 고정 장착되며, 상기 제 3마그네트는 일단이 상기 제 2코일부재의 중심부에 삽입 배치되고 타단이 상기 제 1코일부재 방향으로 배치된다.The second blade is mounted to be horizontally moved inside the first blade, the magnet is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade and the outer surface of the second blade is fixed to the housing, the third One end of the magnet is disposed in the center of the second coil member and the other end is disposed in the direction of the first coil member.
상기 제 1블레이드는 상기 제 2블레이드 내부에 상하 이동되게 장착되고, 상기 마그네트 상기 제 2블레이드의 외측에서 상기 하우징에 고정 장착되며, 상기 제 3마그네트는 일단이 상기 제 2코일부재의 중심부를 관통하여 상기 제 1코일부재 방향으로 돌출된다.The first blade is mounted to be moved up and down inside the second blade, the magnet is fixedly mounted to the housing from the outside of the second blade, one end of the third magnet penetrates through the center of the second coil member It protrudes in the direction of the first coil member.
상기 목적을 달성하기 위한 제 3의 본 발명은, 하우징과; 상기 하우징의 내부에서 상하 이동되며, 외측에 제 1코일부재가 장착된 제 1블레이드와; 상기 하우징의 내부에서 수평 이동되며, 외측에 제 2코일부재가 장착된 제 2블레이드와; 상기 제 2코일부재의 외측에 배치되는 제 1마그네트와, 상기 제 2코일부재의 외측에서 상기 제 1마그네트의 하부에 배치되는 제 2마그네트로 이루어진 마그네트와; 상기 제 1마그네트의 상부 또는 상기 제 2마그네트의 하부에 장착되는 제 1요크; 를 포함하여 이루어지되, 상기 제 1코일부재에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 1전자기장과 상기 마그네트에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 1블레이드는 상하이동하고, 상기 제 2코일부재에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 2전자기장과 상기 마그네트에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 2블레이드는 수평이동하며, 상기 제 1요크는 상기 마그네트의 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 상기 제 1코일부재 또는 상기 제 2코일부재를 거쳐 S극으로 귀환하도록 유도하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치를 제공한다.The third invention for achieving the above object is a housing; A first blade which is vertically moved inside the housing and has a first coil member mounted on an outside thereof; A second blade horizontally moved inside the housing and having a second coil member mounted on an outside thereof; A magnet comprising a first magnet disposed outside the second coil member and a second magnet disposed below the first magnet outside the second coil member; A first yoke mounted on an upper portion of the first magnet or a lower portion of the second magnet; The first blade is moved by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the first coil member and the magnetic field generated by the magnet, and when the power is applied to the second coil member. The second blade moves horizontally due to the interaction between the generated second electromagnetic field and the magnetic field generated by the magnet, and the first yoke has the first coil member or the second coil having a magnetic force line generated at the N pole of the magnet. Provided is an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function for inducing a return to an S pole through a member.
상기 제 1요크는 상기 제 1코일부재 방향으로 돌출된다.The first yoke protrudes in the direction of the first coil member.
상기 제 2블레이드는 상기 제 1블레이드의 내부에 수평 이동되게 장착되고, 상기 마그네트는 상기 제 1블레이드의 내측면과 상기 제 2블레이드의 외측면 사이에 배치되어 상기 하우징에 고정 장착되며, 상기 제 1코일부재는 상기 제 1블레이드를 중심으로 권취되고, 상기 제 2코일부재는 상기 제 1코일부재의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 상기 제 2블레이드의 측면에 권취된다.The second blade is mounted to move horizontally inside the first blade, the magnet is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade and the outer surface of the second blade fixedly mounted to the housing, the first The coil member is wound around the first blade, and the second coil member is wound on the side surface of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member.
상기 제 1블레이드는 상기 제 2블레이드 내부에 상하 이동되게 장착되고, 상기 마그네트는 상기 제 2블레이드의 외측에서 상기 하우징에 고정 장착되며, 상기 제 1코일부재는 상기 제 1블레이드를 중심으로 권취되며, 상기 제 2코일부재는 상기 제 1코일부재의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 상기 제 2블레이드의 측면에 권취된다.The first blade is mounted to be moved up and down inside the second blade, the magnet is fixedly mounted to the housing from the outside of the second blade, the first coil member is wound around the first blade, The second coil member is wound on the side surface of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member.
상기 제 1마그네트와 상기 제 2마그네트 사이에 장착되며, 상기 제 2코일부재의 중심부에 삽입 배치되는 제 2요크; 를 더 포함하여 이루어지되, 상기 제 1마그네트와 상기 제 2마그네트는 상기 제 2요크를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 배치된다.A second yoke mounted between the first magnet and the second magnet and inserted into a central portion of the second coil member; It further comprises, wherein the first magnet and the second magnet is disposed with the polarity up and down symmetrical around the second yoke.
상기 제 2코일부재는 상하방향 길이가 상기 마그네트와 상기 제 2요크의 상하방향 길이의 합보다 작다.The length of the second coil member in the vertical direction is smaller than the sum of the vertical lengths of the magnet and the second yoke.
피사체의 촬영시 떨림이 발생되면, 떨림을 보정하는 방향으로 렌즈를 이동시킴으로써, 피사체의 상을 선명하게 촬영할 수 있는 효과가 있다.When the subject is shaken, the lens is moved in the direction of correcting the shake, so that the image of the subject can be captured clearly.
도 1은 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 소형 카메라 장치의 사시도이며,1 is a perspective view of a compact camera device according to a first embodiment of the present invention,
도 2는 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 소형 카메라 장치의 분해 사시도이고,2 is an exploded perspective view of a compact camera device according to a first embodiment of the present invention;
도 3은 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 제 3탄성부재의 사시도이며,3 is a perspective view of a third elastic member according to a first embodiment of the present invention,
도 4는 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 하우징과 제 3탄성부재의 결합 상태도이고,4 is a state diagram of the coupling between the housing and the third elastic member according to the first embodiment of the present invention,
도 5 내지 도 7은 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 소형 카메라 장치의 동작 상태도이다.5 to 7 are operation state diagrams of the small camera device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 8은 본 발명의 제 2실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치를 도시한 사시도이고,8 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a second embodiment of the present invention;
도 9는 본 발명의 제 2실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치를 도시한 분해사시도이며,9 is an exploded perspective view showing an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 10은 도 9의 D를 확대 도시한 일부 분해 사시도이고,FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view showing a portion D of FIG. 9 in an enlarged manner;
도 11 내지 도 13은 도 8의 B-B에서 바라본 작동 상태도이며,11 to 13 is an operating state view as seen from B-B of FIG.
도 14는 도 8의 C-C에서 바라본 본 발명에 따른 전원단자의 작동 상태도이고,FIG. 14 is an operational state diagram of a power terminal according to the present invention as seen from C-C of FIG. 8,
도 15는 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 사시도이며,15 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
도 16은 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 일방향 분해 사시도이고,16 is a one-way exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention;
도 17은 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 타방향 분해 사시도이며,FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view of another direction of the image photographing apparatus equipped with the shake correction function according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
도 18은 도 15의 E-E에서 바라본 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 단면도이고,FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of an image photographing apparatus with a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention as seen from E-E of FIG. 15.
도 19 및 도 20은 도 15의 E-E에서 바라본 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 동작 상태도이다.19 and 20 are operation state diagrams of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention as seen from E-E of FIG. 15.
도 21은 본 발명의 제 4실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치를 도시한 사시도이고,21 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
도 22는 본 발명의 제 4실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치를 도시한 분해사시도이며,FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective view showing an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
도 23은 도 22의 D를 확대 도시한 일부 분해 사시도이고,FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view showing a portion D of FIG. 22 in an enlarged manner;
도 24 내지 도 26은 도 21의 B-B에서 바라본 작동 상태도이며,24 to 26 are operation state diagrams as seen from B-B of FIG.
도 27은 도 21의 C-C에서 바라본 제 4실시예의 전원단자의 작동 상태도이고,27 is an operational state diagram of a power supply terminal of the fourth embodiment as seen in C-C of FIG. 21,
도 28은 본 발명의 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 사시도이며,28 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
도 29는 본 발명의 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 일방향 분해 사시도이고,29 is a one-directional exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention;
도 30은 본 발명의 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 타방향 분해 사시도이며,30 is an exploded perspective view of another direction of the image photographing apparatus equipped with the shake correction function according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
도 31은 도 28의 E-E에서 바라본 본 발명의 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 단면도이고,FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of an image photographing apparatus with a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention as seen from E-E of FIG. 28.
도 32 및 도 33은 도 28의 E-E에서 바라본 본 발명의 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 동작 상태도이다.32 and 33 are operation state diagrams of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention as seen from E-E of FIG. 28.
이하에서는 본 발명의 제 1실시예를 첨부도면을 참조하여 상세히 설명한다.Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
도 1은 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 소형 카메라 장치의 사시도이며, 도 2는 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 소형 카메라 장치의 분해 사시도이고, 도 3은 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 제 3탄성부재의 사시도이며, 도 4는 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 하우징과 제 3탄성부재의 결합 상태도이고, 도 5 내지 도 7은 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 소형 카메라 장치의 동작 상태도이다.1 is a perspective view of a compact camera device according to a first embodiment of the present invention, Figure 2 is an exploded perspective view of a compact camera device according to a first embodiment of the present invention, Figure 3 is a first embodiment of the present invention 4 is a perspective view of a third elastic member according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a coupling state between a housing and a third elastic member according to a first embodiment of the present invention, and FIGS. The operation state diagram of.
도 1 내지 도 7에 도시된 바와 같이 본 발명의 제 1실시예에 따른 소형 카메라 장치는 하우징(100), 마그네트(200), 요크부재(300), 전원연결부재(600), 제 2블레이드(700), 제 2코일부재(750), 제 2탄성부재(800), 제 1블레이드(400), 제 1코일부재(450), 제 1탄성부재(500) 및 제 3탄성부재(550)를 포함하여 이루어진다.1 to 7, the compact camera device according to the first embodiment of the present invention includes a housing 100, a magnet 200, a yoke member 300, a power connection member 600, and a second blade ( 700), the second coil member 750, the second elastic member 800, the first blade 400, the first coil member 450, the first elastic member 500 and the third elastic member 550 It is made to include.
상기 하우징(100)은 육면체 형상으로 상하 개방 형성되며, 측면에는 상기 마그네트(200)가 삽입 장착된다.The housing 100 is vertically open in a hexahedral shape, the magnet 200 is inserted into the side.
상기 마그네트(200)는 사각형 형상으로 다수개로 이루어지고, 2개씩 상하 마주보게 배치되며, 그 사이에는 상기 요크부재(300)가 각각 장착된다.The magnets 200 are formed in plural in a rectangular shape, and are arranged to face up and down two by two, and the yoke members 300 are mounted therebetween.
또한 2개의 상기 마그네트(200)는 상기 요크부재(300)를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 배치된다.In addition, the two magnets 200 are disposed to be symmetrical with respect to the yoke member 300.
상기 요크부재(300)는 사각형 형상으로 형성되며, 상하면이 각각 상기 마그네트(200)와 접하고, 상기 마그네트(200)의 자기장을 일정한 방향으로 유도하는 자기유도돌기(310)가 형성된다.The yoke member 300 is formed in a rectangular shape, the upper and lower surfaces are in contact with the magnet 200, respectively, the magnetic induction protrusion 310 is formed to guide the magnetic field of the magnet 200 in a predetermined direction.
상기 자기유도돌기(310)는 후술하는 바와 같이 상기 제 2코일부재(750)와 상기 제 2블레이드(700)를 관통하여 상기 제 1코일부재(450) 방향으로 돌출 형성된다.The magnetic induction protrusion 310 protrudes toward the first coil member 450 through the second coil member 750 and the second blade 700 as described below.
이하 상기 하우징(100), 상기 마그네트(200) 및 상기 요크부재(300)는 본 발명의 출원인이 출원한 출원번호 10-2009-0023718 에 보다 상세하게 기재되어 있으므로 자세한 설명은 생략한다.Hereinafter, since the housing 100, the magnet 200 and the yoke member 300 are described in more detail in the application No. 10-2009-0023718 filed by the applicant of the present invention, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
상기 전원연결부재(600)는 FPCB( Flexible Printed Circuit Board )로 이루어지며, 사각형의 얇은 시트 형상으로 형성되어 상기 하우징(100)의 상측에 장착된다.The power connection member 600 is made of a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB), is formed in a rectangular thin sheet shape is mounted on the upper side of the housing 100.
또한 상기 전원연결부재(600)는 일단이 상기 하우징(100)의 측면으로 절곡되어 외부의 전원과 연결된다.In addition, one end of the power connection member 600 is bent to the side of the housing 100 and connected to an external power source.
이러한 상기 전원연결부재(600)는 후술하는 바와 같이 상기 제 2탄성부재(800) 및 상기 제 3탄성부재(550)와 전기적으로 연결되어 상기 제 2코일부재(750)와 상기 제 1코일부재(450)에 각각 전원을 공급한다.The power connection member 600 is electrically connected to the second elastic member 800 and the third elastic member 550 as will be described later to the second coil member 750 and the first coil member ( Power each of them.
또한 상기 전원연결부재(600)의 상측에는 상기 전원연결부재(600)와 상기 하우징(100)의 측면을 감싸는 커버(150)가 장착된다.In addition, a cover 150 surrounding the side surface of the power connection member 600 and the housing 100 is mounted on the upper side of the power connection member 600.
상기 커버(150)는 얇은 판으로 이루어지고, 상측이 상기 전원연결부재(600)의 상측에 배치되며, 측면이 각각 상기 하우징(100)의 측면 방향으로 절곡되어 상기 하우징(100)과 후크결합된다.The cover 150 is formed of a thin plate, the upper side is disposed on the upper side of the power connection member 600, the side is bent in the lateral direction of the housing 100, respectively, is hooked with the housing 100 .
상기 제 2블레이드(700)는 육면체의 중공 형상으로 내부에 상기 제 1블레이드(400)가 상하 이동되게 장착된다.The second blade 700 is mounted in a hollow shape of a hexahedron such that the first blade 400 is moved up and down.
또한 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 외측면에는 상기 제 2코일부재(750)가 장착된다.In addition, the second coil member 750 is mounted on an outer surface of the second blade 700.
상기 제 2코일부재(750)는 내부에 전류가 흐르는 전선으로 후술하는 바와 같이 상기 제 1코일부재(450)의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 권취되며, 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 측면에 하나씩 총 4개로 이루어진다.The second coil member 750 is a wire in which current flows therein and is wound in a direction orthogonal to a winding direction of the first coil member 450 as described below, one on each side of the second blade 700. It consists of four in total.
이러한 상기 제 2코일부재(750)는 전원 인가시 발생하는 전자기장과 상기 자기유도돌기(310)를 통해 유도된 상기 마그네트(200)의 자가장과의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 2블레이드(700)를 수평방향으로 이동시킨다.The second coil member 750 opens the second blade 700 by the interaction between the electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied and the magnetic field of the magnet 200 induced through the magnetic induction protrusion 310. Move horizontally.
또한 상기 제 2블레이드(700)에는 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)가 장착되어 상기 제 2블레이드(700)를 상기 하우징(100)에 대해 수평 방향으로 탄성 지지한다.In addition, the second elastic member 800 is mounted on the second blade 700 to elastically support the second blade 700 in the horizontal direction with respect to the housing 100.
상기 제 2탄성부재(800)는 얇은 와이어 선으로 이루어지며, 일단이 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 하측에 장착되고 타단이 상기 하우징(100)의 상측에 장착되어 상기 제 2블레이드(700)를 수평방향으로 탄성 지지한다.The second elastic member 800 is formed of a thin wire line, one end is mounted on the lower side of the second blade 700 and the other end is mounted on the upper side of the housing 100 to the second blade 700. Elastic support in the horizontal direction.
또한 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)는 전기가 통하는 재질로 이루어지며, 일단이 상기 제 2코일부재(750)와 전기적으로 연결되고 타단이 상기 전원연결부재(600)와 전기적으로 연결되어 상기 전원연결부재(600)의 전원을 상기 제 2코일부재(750)에 전달한다.In addition, the second elastic member 800 is made of an electrically conductive material, one end of which is electrically connected to the second coil member 750, and the other end of which is electrically connected to the power connection member 600. The power of the member 600 is transmitted to the second coil member 750.
이러한 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)는 총 4개로 이루어져 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 대각선 방향으로 대칭되게 배치된다.The second elastic member 800 is composed of a total of four are arranged symmetrically in the diagonal direction of the second blade 700.
또한 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 모서리부에는 회피홈(710)이 형성된다.In addition, the avoiding groove 710 is formed at the corner of the second blade 700.
상기 회피홈(710)은 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 외측 모서리 부분을 따라 상하방향으로 형성되며, 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 대각선 방향으로 대칭되게 배치되고, 총 2개로 이루어진다.The evacuation groove 710 is formed in the vertical direction along the outer edge portion of the second blade 700, is disposed symmetrically in the diagonal direction of the second blade 700, and consists of two.
한편 상기 제 1블레이드(400)는 육각통형 형상으로 이루어지며, 상하측이 개방되어 내부에 렌즈(110)가 삽입 장착된다.On the other hand, the first blade 400 is formed in a hexagonal cylindrical shape, the upper and lower sides are opened and the lens 110 is inserted into the interior.
또한 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 외측면에는 상기 제 1코일부재(450)가 장착된다.In addition, the first coil member 450 is mounted on an outer surface of the first blade 400.
상기 제 1코일부재(450)는 내부에 전류가 흐르는 얇은 전선으로 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 외측면을 중심으로 권취된다.The first coil member 450 is a thin wire having a current flowing therein and is wound around the outer surface of the first blade 400.
또한 상기 제 1코일부재(450)는 상기 요크부재(300)의 상기 자유유도돌기(310)와 인접한다.In addition, the first coil member 450 is adjacent to the free guide protrusion 310 of the yoke member 300.
이러한 상기 제 1코일부재(450)는 전원 인가시 발생하는 전자기장과 상기 자유유도돌기(310)를 통해 유도된 상기 마그네트(200)의 자기장과의 상호작용에 의해 상기 제 1블레이드(400)를 상하이동시킨다.The first coil member 450 moves up and down the first blade 400 by the interaction between the electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied and the magnetic field of the magnet 200 induced through the free guide protrusion 310. Move it.
또한 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 상측에는 상기 제 1탄성부재(500)가 배치되고 하측에는 제 3탄성부재(550)가 배치된다.In addition, the first elastic member 500 is disposed above the first blade 400, and the third elastic member 550 is disposed below the first blade 400.
상기 제 1탄성부재(500)는 사각형의 얇은 판 형상으로 형성되며, 외측이 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 상측에 장착 고정되고 내측이 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 상측에 장착 고정된다.The first elastic member 500 is formed in a rectangular thin plate shape, the outer side is fixed to the upper side of the second blade 700 and the inner side is fixed to the upper side of the first blade 400.
또한 상기 제 1탄성부재(500)의 내측과 외측 사이는 지그재그 형상의 탄성부가 형성되어 내측이 외측에 대해 상하 방향으로 수축 이완되게 한다.In addition, a zig-zag-shaped elastic portion is formed between the inner side and the outer side of the first elastic member 500 to allow the inner side to contract and relax in the vertical direction with respect to the outer side.
이러한 상기 제 1탄성부재(500)는 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 상하 이동시 상기 제 1블레이드(400)를 상하 탄성 지지한다. The first elastic member 500 elastically supports the first blade 400 up and down when the first blade 400 moves up and down.
상기 제 3탄성부재(550)는 얇은 판으로 이루어지며, 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 일측에 배치되는 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 타측에 배치되는 제 2스프링(552)으로 분리 형성된다.The third elastic member 550 is formed of a thin plate, the first spring 551 disposed on one side of the first blade 400 and the second spring disposed on the other side of the first blade 400 ( 552 is formed separately.
상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)은 각각 외측이 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 하측에 장착 고정되고 내측이 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 하측에 장착 고정된다.The outer side of the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 is fixed to the lower side of the second blade 700 and the inner side is fixed to the lower side of the first blade 400.
또한 상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)은 상기 제 1탄성부재(500)와 마찬가지로 내측과 외측 사이에 지그재그 형상의 탄성부가 형성되며, 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 상하 이동시 상하 방향으로 수축 이완되어 상기 제 1블레이드(400)를 상하 탄성 지지한다.In addition, the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 has a zigzag elastic portion is formed between the inner side and the outer side like the first elastic member 500, when the first blade 400 is moved up and down Shrink and relax in the vertical direction to support the first blade 400 up and down elastically.
이러한 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)은 전기가 통하는 재질로 이루어지며, 상기 제 1코일부재(450)와 전기적으로 연결된다.The first spring 551 and the second spring 552 are made of an electrically conductive material, and are electrically connected to the first coil member 450.
또한 상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)은 상기 제 1블레이드(400)를 중심으로 대칭되게 배치되며, 서로 전기적으로 통하지 않는다.In addition, the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 are symmetrically disposed about the first blade 400 and do not communicate with each other electrically.
이러한 상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)에는 상기 제 1코일부재(450)의 일단과 타단이 각각 전기적으로 연결된다.One end and the other end of the first coil member 450 are electrically connected to the first spring 551 and the second spring 552, respectively.
이때 상기 제 1코일부재(450)의 일단과 타단은 상기 제 1스프링(551)의 내측과 상기 제 2스프링(552)의 내측에 각각 결합 고정된다.At this time, one end and the other end of the first coil member 450 is fixed to the inner side of the first spring 551 and the inner side of the second spring 552, respectively.
또한 상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)으로 이루어진 상기 제 3탄성부재(550)에는 상기 전원연결부재(600) 방향으로 돌출된 연결돌기(560)가 형성된다.In addition, the third elastic member 550 formed of the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 is provided with a connection protrusion 560 protruding toward the power connection member 600.
상기 연결돌기(560)는 상하 방향 일직선 형상으로 형성되며, 일단이 상기 제 3탄성부재(550)에 일체로 연결되고 타단이 상기 전원연결부재(600)에 결합 고정된다.The connecting protrusion 560 is formed in a straight line shape in a vertical direction, one end is integrally connected to the third elastic member 550 and the other end is fixedly coupled to the power connection member 600.
물론 경우에 따라서 상기 연결돌기(560)를 지그재그, 스파이럴, 코일 형상과 같이 다양한 형태로 형성할 수도 있다. Of course, in some cases, the connecting protrusion 560 may be formed in various shapes such as zigzag, spiral, and coil shapes.
이러한 상기 연결돌기(560)는 상기 제 1스프링(551)에 구비되는 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2스프링(552)에 구비되는 제 2연결돌기(562)로 이루어진다.The connection protrusion 560 includes a first connection protrusion 561 provided on the first spring 551 and a second connection protrusion 562 provided on the second spring 552.
도 5에 도시된 바와 같이 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)는 직사각형 형상의 얇은 판으로 상기 제 1스프링(551)의 외측 모서리부에서 상방향으로 돌출 형성된다.As shown in FIG. 5, the first connection protrusion 561 is a rectangular thin plate and protrudes upward from an outer edge portion of the first spring 551.
또한 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)는 도 5에 도시된 바와 같이 직사각형 형상의 얇은 판으로 상기 제 2스프링(552)의 외측 모서리부에서 상방향으로 돌출 형성된다.In addition, the second connection protrusion 562 is a rectangular thin plate, as shown in Figure 5 is formed to protrude upward from the outer edge of the second spring 552.
이러한 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)는 대각선 방향으로 상호 대칭되게 배치된다. The first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 are arranged symmetrically with each other in a diagonal direction.
이와 같이 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)를 각각 상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)에 대각선 방향으로 대칭되게 배치함으로써, 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 이동시 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)에 의한 탄성저항력이 상기 제 2블레이드(700)에 균등하게 작용하여 상기 제 2블레이드(700)가 기울어지는 것을 방지하는 효과가 있다. As described above, the second connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 are disposed symmetrically in the diagonal direction on the first spring 551 and the second spring 552, respectively, to form the second blade ( When the 700 moves, the elastic resistance force of the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 acts equally on the second blade 700 to prevent the second blade 700 from tilting. It is effective.
또한 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)는 도 6에 도시된 바와 같이 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 상기 회피홈(710)에 각각 이격된 상태로 배치된다.In addition, the first connection protrusion 561 and the second connection protrusion 562 are disposed in the state spaced apart from the avoidance groove 710 of the second blade 700, respectively, as shown in FIG.
즉 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)는 상기 회피홈(710)이 형성된 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 측면에 각각 배치된다.That is, the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 are disposed on the side surfaces of the second blade 700 in which the avoiding groove 710 is formed.
이와 같이 상기 회피홈(710)에 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)를 이격된 상태로 배치함으로써, 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 좌우 이동시 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)가 상기 회피홈(710)을 왕래하며 자유롭게 수축 이완되도록 할 수 있다. As such, the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 are disposed in the avoiding groove 710 in a spaced apart state, so that the first connecting protrusion may be moved when the second blade 700 is moved left and right. 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 may travel to and from the avoiding groove 710 to freely contract and relax.
또한 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)의 두께는 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)의 두께보다 작게 형성된다.In addition, the thickness of the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 is formed smaller than the thickness of the second elastic member (800).
이와 같이 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)의 두께를 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)의 두께보다 작게 형성함으로써, 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 좌우이동시 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)에 의한 탄성저항을 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)에 의한 탄성저항보다 작게 하여 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)에 의한 탄성저항을 저하시키는 효과가 있다. As such, the thickness of the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 is smaller than the thickness of the second elastic member 800, thereby moving the first and second blades 700 to the left and right. The first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 by making the elastic resistance of the connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 smaller than the elastic resistance of the second elastic member 800. ) Has an effect of reducing the elastic resistance.
또한 다른 실시예로 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)를 각각 상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)에 2개씩 총 4개 구비한다.In another embodiment, a total of four first coupling protrusions 561 and second coupling protrusions 562 may be provided in the first spring 551 and the second spring 552, respectively.
즉 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)를 상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)의 외측 양단 모서리에 각각 하나씩 형성하여 총 4개로 구성한다.That is, the first connecting protrusions 561 and the second connecting protrusions 562 are formed on the outer edges of each of the first spring 551 and the second spring 552, one each, so as to constitute a total of four.
그리고 2개의 상기 제 1연결돌기(561) 중 어느 하나와 2개의 상기 제 2연결돌기(562) 중 어느하나를 각각 상기 전원연결부재(600)와 전기적으로 연결하고, 나머지 2개는 전기적으로 연결하지 않는다.One of the two first connecting protrusions 561 and one of the two second connecting protrusions 562 are electrically connected to the power connection member 600, respectively, and the other two are electrically connected. I never do that.
이와 같이 상기 제 1스프링(551)과 상기 제 2스프링(552)에 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)를 각각 2개씩 구비하되, 2개의 상기 제 1연결돌기(561) 중 어느 하나와 2개의 상기 제 2연결돌기(562) 중 어느 하나를 각각 상기 전원연결부재(600)와 전기적으로 연결함으로써, 상기 제 2블레이드(700)를 지지하는 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)의 수를 증가시키고, 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)에 의한 탄성저항을 균일하게 하여 상기 제 2블레이드(700)가 보다 안정적으로 구동되게 하는 효과가 있다. As such, the first spring 551 and the second spring 552 are provided with two first connecting projections 561 and two second connecting projections 562, respectively, and the two first connecting projections ( The first connection protrusion for supporting the second blade 700 by electrically connecting any one of the 561 and any one of the two second connection protrusions 562 with the power connection member 600, respectively. 561 and the number of the second connecting protrusions 562 are increased, and the elastic resistance of the first connecting protrusions 561 and the second connecting protrusions 562 is uniform, thereby making the second blade 700 There is an effect to drive more stable.
또한 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)는 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 하측에서 상기 제 1탄성부재(500)를 지나 상기 하우징(100)을 관통하여 상기 전원연결부재(600)와 연결된다.In addition, the first connection protrusion 561 and the second connection protrusion 562 pass through the housing 100 through the first elastic member 500 at the lower side of the second blade 700 to connect the power. It is connected to the member 600.
이와 같이 상기 제 3탄성부재(550)를 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 하측에 배치하고, 상기 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)가 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 하측에서 상기 제 1탄성부재(500) 및 상기 하우징(100)을 지나 상기 전원연결부재(600)와 연결되게 함으로써, 제 1연결돌기(561)와 상기 제 2연결돌기(562)의 상하 길이를 최대화하여 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 이동시 발생하는 탄성저항력을 감소시키는 효과가 있다. As such, the third elastic member 550 is disposed below the second blade 700, and the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 of the second blade 700 are disposed. By connecting the power supply member 600 through the first elastic member 500 and the housing 100 from the lower side, the length of the first connecting protrusion 561 and the second connecting protrusion 562 up and down Maximizing has the effect of reducing the elastic resistance generated during the movement of the second blade 700.
위와 같이 구성된 제 1실시예의 동작 상태를 설명한다. An operation state of the first embodiment configured as described above will be described.
도 5(a), 도 6(a) 및 도 7(a)는 도 1의 A-A에서 바라본 단면도이고, 도 5(b), 도 6(b) 및 도 7(b)는 도 1의 B-B에서 바라본 단면도이다.5 (a), 6 (a) and 7 (a) are cross-sectional views taken from AA of FIG. 1, and FIGS. 5 (b), 6 (b) and 7 (b) are taken from BB of FIG. This is the cross section.
도 5(a) 및 도 5(b)에 도시된 바와 같이 상기 제 1코일부재(450)와 상기 제 2코일부재(750)에 전원이 인가되기 전에는 상기 제 1탄성부재(500)와 상기 제 3탄성부재(550)가 수평하게 배치되고, 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)와 상기 연결돌기(560)는 상하 수직되게 배치된다.As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, before power is applied to the first coil member 450 and the second coil member 750, the first elastic member 500 and the first elastic member 500 are applied. The three elastic members 550 are horizontally disposed, and the second elastic member 800 and the connection protrusion 560 are vertically disposed vertically.
도 6(a) 및 도 6(b)에 도시된 바와 같이 상기 제 3탄성부재(550)를 통해 상기 제 1코일부재(450)에 전원을 인가하면 상기 제 1코일부재(450)에서 발생하는 전자기장과 상기 자기유도돌기(310)로부터 유도되는 상기 마그네트(200)의 자기장과의 상호작용에 의해 상기 제 1블레이드(400)는 상승한다.As shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B, when power is applied to the first coil member 450 through the third elastic member 550, the first coil member 450 may generate power. The first blade 400 is raised by the interaction between the electromagnetic field and the magnetic field of the magnet 200 induced from the magnetic induction protrusion 310.
상기 제 1블레이드(400)가 상승하면 상기 제 1블레이드(400)의 상하측에 장착된 상기 제 1탄성부재(500)의 내측과 상기 제 3탄성부재(550)의 내측이 각각 상기 제 1블레이드(400)와 함께 상승한다.When the first blade 400 is raised, the inner side of the first elastic member 500 and the inner side of the third elastic member 550 mounted on the upper and lower sides of the first blade 400 are respectively the first blade. Rises with 400.
이때 상기 연결돌기(560)는 상기 제 2블레이드(700)가 이동하지 않으므로 수직 상태를 유지하며 상기 제 3탄성부재(550)에 전원을 전달한다.In this case, since the second blade 700 does not move, the connection protrusion 560 maintains a vertical state and transmits power to the third elastic member 550.
도 9(a) 및 도 9(b)에 도시된 바와 같이 상기 제 2코일부재(750)에 전원을 인가하면 상기 제 2코일부재(750)에서 발생하는 전자기장과 상기 자기유도돌기(310)로 부터 유도되는 상기 마그네트(200)의 자기장과의 상호작용에 의해 상기 제 2블레이드(700)는 우측으로 수평 이동한다.As shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, when power is applied to the second coil member 750, the electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 750 and the magnetic induction protrusion 310 are applied. The second blade 700 is horizontally moved to the right by the interaction with the magnetic field of the magnet 200.
상기 제 2블레이드(700)가 이동하면 상기 제 1블레이드(400)도 상기 제 2블레이드(700)와 함께 동일한 방향으로 이동한다.When the second blade 700 moves, the first blade 400 also moves together with the second blade 700 in the same direction.
이때 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)와 상기 연결돌기(560)는 상기 제 2블레이드(700)에 장착된 일단이 상기 하우징(100)에 고정된 타단을 중심으로 우측으로 이동하여 이완된다.In this case, one end of the second elastic member 800 and the connection protrusion 560 is moved to the right with respect to the other end fixed to the housing 100 to be relaxed.
또한 상기 연결돌기(560)는 우측으로 이완되면서 상기 회피홈(710)에 삽입 배치된다.In addition, the connection protrusion 560 is inserted into the avoidance groove 710 while being relaxed to the right.
상기 제 2코일부재(750)에 인가되는 전원이 반대가 되면 상기 제 2블레이드(700)는 좌측으로 이동하고, 상기 제 2탄성부재(800)의 일단과 상기 연결돌기(560)의 일단은 좌측으로 이동하면서 이완된다.When the power applied to the second coil member 750 is reversed, the second blade 700 moves to the left side, and one end of the second elastic member 800 and one end of the connection protrusion 560 are left. Relaxes while moving to.
이와 같이 상기 전원연결부재(600)와 전기적으로 연결되는 상기 연결돌기(560)의 일단을 상기 제 3탄성부재와 일체로 연결하고 타단을 상기 전원연결부재(600)에 결합 고정하여 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 좌우 이동시 좌우 방향으로 수축 이완되게 함으로써, 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 좌우 이동시 상기 연결돌기(560)의 탄성 저항력을 최소화하여 상기 제 2블레이드(700)의 좌우 이동을 원활하게 하는 효과가 있다. As such, one end of the connection protrusion 560 electrically connected to the power connection member 600 is integrally connected with the third elastic member, and the other end is coupled to the power connection member 600 to fix the second blade. By contracting and relaxing in the left and right direction when the left and right movement of the 700, the left and right movement of the second blade 700 to minimize the elastic resistance of the connecting projection 560 to smooth the left and right movement of the second blade (700). It works.
이하에서는 본 발명의 제 2실시예를 설명한다.Hereinafter, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described.
도 8은 본 발명의 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 사시도이고, 도 9는 본 발명의 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 분해사시도이며, 도 10은 도 9의 D를 확대 도시한 일부 분해 사시도이다.8 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function of the present invention, FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function of the present invention, and FIG. 10 is an enlarged view of FIG. 9D. Some exploded perspective views.
도 8 내지 도 10에 도시된 바와 같이 본 발명의 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치는 하우징(2200), 제 1블레이드(2400), 제 1코일부재(2410), 제 2블레이드(2300), 제 2코일부재(2310), 제 1탄성부재(2420), 제 2탄성부재(2320), 전원단자(2430) 및 마그네트(2500)를 포함하여 이루어진다.As shown in FIGS. 8 to 10, the image capturing apparatus having the shake correction function according to the present invention includes a housing 2200, a first blade 2400, a first coil member 2410, a second blade 2300, A second coil member 2310, a first elastic member 2420, a second elastic member 2320, a power supply terminal 2430, and a magnet 2500 are included.
하우징(2200)은 사각형 형상으로 상부와 하부로 각각 분리 형성되며, 테두리가 서로 마주보는 방향, 즉 상하방향으로 돌출되어 서로 접하고, 제 2블레이드(2300)를 감싸게 형성된다.The housing 2200 is formed in a rectangular shape and separated into upper and lower portions, respectively, and the edges protrude in a direction facing each other, that is, in an up and down direction, contact each other, and surround the second blade 2300.
제 2블레이드(2300)는 사각형의 중공 형상으로 하우징(2200)의 내부에 수평방향으로 이동되게 장착된다 The second blade 2300 is mounted to be moved horizontally inside the housing 2200 in a rectangular hollow shape.
제 2블레이드(2300)의 측면에는 제 2블레이드(2300)의 내부와 외부가 통하도록 개방된 관통공(2301)이 형성된다. A through hole 2301 is formed at a side surface of the second blade 2300 so that the inside and the outside of the second blade 2300 communicate with each other.
관통공(2301)은 사각형 형상으로 제 2블레이드(2300)의 4개의 측면에 각각 하나씩 형성된다. One through hole 2301 is formed in each of four sides of the second blade 2300 in a rectangular shape.
또한 관통공(2301)의 양측에는 마그네트(2500) 방향으로 돌출된 고정돌기(2302)가 각각 형성된다.In addition, fixing protrusions 2302 protruding in the direction of the magnet 2500 are formed at both sides of the through hole 2301, respectively.
이러한 제 2블레이드(2300)의 내부에는 제 1블레이드(2400)가 상하 이동되게 장착된다.Inside the second blade 2300, the first blade 2400 is mounted to be moved up and down.
제 1블레이드(2400)은 원통형의 중공 형상으로 내부에는 피사체의 배율을 조절하는 다수개의 렌즈(미도시)가 삽입 장착된다. The first blade 2400 has a cylindrical hollow shape, and a plurality of lenses (not shown) for adjusting the magnification of the subject are inserted therein.
또한 제 1블레이드(2400)의 외주면에는 제 1코일부재(2410)가 장착된다.In addition, a first coil member 2410 is mounted on an outer circumferential surface of the first blade 2400.
제 1코일부재(2410)는 내부에 전류가 통하는 얇은 전선을 제 1블레이드(2400)의 외주면을 따라 권취한 것이다. The first coil member 2410 winds a thin wire through which an electric current passes through the outer circumferential surface of the first blade 2400.
즉 제 1코일부재(2410)는 렌즈의 광축을 중심으로 회전하는 일방향으로 제 1블레이드(2400)의 외주면을 감싼다.That is, the first coil member 2410 surrounds the outer circumferential surface of the first blade 2400 in one direction that rotates about the optical axis of the lens.
이러한 제 1코일부재(2410)는 전원 인가시 주변에 제 1전자기장(미도시)을 형성하여 제 1블레이드(2400)을 상하 이동시킨다.The first coil member 2410 moves up and down the first blade 2400 by forming a first electromagnetic field (not shown) around when the power is applied.
한편 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면에는 제 2코일부재(2310)가 장착된다.Meanwhile, the second coil member 2310 is mounted on the outer surface of the second blade 2300.
제 2코일부재(2310)는 내부에 전류가 통하는 얇은 전선을 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면과 수평하게 권취한 것으로 중공 원통형상으로 형성된다. The second coil member 2310 is formed to have a hollow cylindrical shape by winding a thin wire through which a current flows through the second coil member 2300 horizontally with an outer surface of the second blade 2300.
또한 제 2코일부재(2310)는 한 쌍씩 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외주면에 마주보도록 장착된다.In addition, the second coil member 2310 is mounted to face the outer circumferential surface of the second blade 2300 in pairs.
즉 2개의 제 2코일부재(2310)가 서로 마주보는 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외주면에 각각 하나씩 배치되어 1쌍을 이루며, 총 2쌍의 제 2코일부재(2310)가 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외주면에 장착된다. That is, the two second coil members 2310 are arranged on the outer circumferential surface of the second blade 2300 facing each other, one by one to form a pair, and a total of two pairs of the second coil members 2310 are the second blades 2300. It is mounted on the outer circumferential surface of the.
또한 제 2코일부재(2310)는 중심부가 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면에 형성된 고정돌기(2302)에 삽입되게 장착된다.In addition, the second coil member 2310 is mounted so that the center portion is inserted into the fixing protrusion 2302 formed on the outer surface of the second blade 2300.
즉 제 2코일부재(2310)의 중심부가 관통 형성된 중공부(2311)에 관통공(2301)의 양측에 형성된 2개의 고정돌기(2302)가 삽입되게 하여 제 2코일부재(2310)의 중공부(2311)가 관통공(2301)과 연통 되도록 한다. That is, the hollow part of the second coil member 2310 may be inserted into the hollow part 2311 in which the central part of the second coil member 2310 is formed so that the two fixing protrusions 2302 formed on both sides of the through hole 2301 are inserted. 2311 is in communication with the through hole (2301).
이러한 제 2코일부재(2310)는 전원 인가시 주변에 제 2전자기장(미도시)을 형성하여 제 2블레이드(2300)를 수평이동시킨다.The second coil member 2310 horizontally moves the second blade 2300 by forming a second electromagnetic field (not shown) around when the power is applied.
한편 마그네트(2500)는 하우징(2200)의 측면에 장착되어 제 2코일부재(2310)의 외측에 인접하게 배치된다.Meanwhile, the magnet 2500 is mounted on the side of the housing 2200 and disposed adjacent to the outside of the second coil member 2310.
구체적으로 마그네트(2500)는 제 1마그네트(2510), 제 2마그네트(2520) 및 제 3마그네트(2530)으로 이루어진다.In detail, the magnet 2500 includes a first magnet 2510, a second magnet 2520, and a third magnet 2530.
제 1마그네트(2510)와 제 2마그네트(2520)는 사각형 형상으로 극성이 상하로 분리되며, 하우징(2200)의 각 측면에 2개씩 총 8개로 이루어진다. The first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520 have a rectangular shape, the polarity of the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520 are separated up and down, and a total of eight magnets are provided on each side of the housing 2200.
또한 제 2마그네트(2520)는 제 3마그네트(2530)를 사이에 두고 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하부에 배치된다.In addition, the second magnet 2520 is disposed below the first magnet 2510 with the third magnet 2530 interposed therebetween.
이러한 제 1마그네트(2510)와 제 2마그네트(2520)는 제 3마그네트(2530)를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 분리된다.The first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520 are separated with the polarity of the upper and lower symmetry around the third magnet (2530).
즉 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단과 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단의 극성이 서로 동일하고, 제 1마그네트(2510)의 상단과 제 2마그네트(2520)의 하단의 극성이 서로 동일하게 배치된다.That is, the polarities of the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 are the same, and the polarities of the upper end of the first magnet 2510 and the lower end of the second magnet 2520 are identical to each other. .
제 3마그네트(2530)는 사각형 형상으로 극성이 제 2블레이드(2300)의 이동방향, 즉 좌우방향으로 분리되며, 하우징(2200)의 각 측면에 1개씩 총 4개로 이루어진다. The third magnet 2530 has a quadrangular shape, and the polarities thereof are separated in a moving direction of the second blade 2300, that is, in a left and right direction, and a total of four third magnets 2530 are provided on each side of the housing 2200.
그리고 제 3마그네트(2530)는 제 1마그네트(2510)와 제 2마그네트 (2520)사이에 장착된다.The third magnet 2530 is mounted between the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520.
또한 제 3마그네트(2530)는 일단이 제 2코일부재(2310) 방향으로 돌출되며, 돌출된 일단은 제 2코일부재(2310)의 중심부, 즉 중공부(2311)를 관통하여 제 1코일부재(2410)와 인접하게 배치된다.In addition, one end of the third magnet 2530 protrudes in the direction of the second coil member 2310, and one end of the third magnet 2530 penetrates through the center of the second coil member 2310, that is, the hollow part 2311. Disposed adjacent to 2410.
그리고 제 3마그네트(2530)의 타단은 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단과 각각 접한다.The other end of the third magnet 2530 is in contact with the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520, respectively.
즉 제 3마그네트(2530)에는 타단의 상부에 제 1마그네트(2510)가 장착되고 타단의 하부에 제 2마그네트(2520)가 장착된다. That is, the first magnet 2510 is mounted on the upper end of the third magnet 2530, and the second magnet 2520 is mounted on the lower end of the third magnet 2530.
이러한 제 3마그네트(2530)는 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단과 접하는 타단의 극성이 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단의 극성과 서로 반대로 배치된다.The third magnet 2530 has a polarity at the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the other end contacting the upper end of the second magnet 2520 with a polarity at the bottom of the first magnet 2510 and the top of the second magnet 2520. And are placed opposite each other.
또한 제 3마그네트(2530)는 제 2코일부재(2310) 방향으로 돌출된 일단의 극성이 제 1마그네트(2510)의 상단과 제 2마그네트(2520)의 하단의 극성과 서로 반대로 배치된다.In addition, the polarity of one end of the third magnet 2530 protruding toward the second coil member 2310 is disposed opposite to the polarity of the upper end of the first magnet 2510 and the lower end of the second magnet 2520.
본 발명의 제 2실시예에서는 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단과 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단의 극성을 N극으로 하고, 제 1마그네트(2510)의 상단과 제 2마그네트(2520)의 하단을 S극으로 하며, 제 3마그네트(2530)의 일단을 N극 타단을 S극으로 한다.In the second embodiment of the present invention, the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 is N pole, and the upper end of the first magnet 2510 and the lower end of the second magnet 2520. Is the S pole, and one end of the third magnet 2530 is the N pole and the other end is the S pole.
제 1마그네트(2510)는 하단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 제 2코일부재(2310)을 거쳐 제 1마그네트(2510)의 상단인 S극으로 이동하고, 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 제 2코일부재(2310)를 거쳐 제 2마그네트(2520)의 하단인 S극으로 이동한다. In the first magnet 2510, the magnetic force lines generated at the lower pole of the first magnet 2510 move to the upper pole of the first magnet 2510 through the second coil member 2310, and the upper pole of the second magnet 2520. The magnetic force lines generated in the second direction move to the S pole, which is the lower end of the second magnet 2520, through the second coil member 2310.
또한 제 3마그네트(2530)의 일단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선은 제 2코일부재(2310)를 거쳐 제 1마그네트(2510)의 상단인 S극 및 제 2마그네트(2520)의 하단인 N극으로 이동한다. In addition, the magnetic force lines generated at the north pole of one end of the third magnet 2530 are moved to the south pole of the upper end of the first magnet 2510 and the south pole of the second magnet 2520 through the second coil member 2310. do.
이와 같이 제 1마그네트(2510)와 제 2마그네트(2520) 사이에 제 3마그네트(2530)를 장착함으로써, 제 1마그네트(2510)와 제 2마그네트(2520) 뿐만 아니라 제 3마그네트(2530)에서 발생하는 자기력선이 제 1코일부재(2410) 및/또는 제 2코일부재(2310)를 거치면서 제 1코일부재(2410)의 제 1전자기장 및/또는 제 2코일부재(2310)의 제 2전자기장과 상호작용하는 자기장의 세기를 증가시키고, 이로 인해 제 1코일부재(2410) 및/또는 제 2코일부재(2310)의 구동력이 향상되는 효과가 있다. Thus, by mounting the third magnet 2530 between the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520, not only the first magnet 2510 and the second magnet 2520 but also the third magnet 2530 The magnetic field lines are mutually with the first electromagnetic field of the first coil member 2410 and / or the second electromagnetic field of the second coil member 2310 while passing through the first coil member 2410 and / or the second coil member 2310. Increasing the strength of the magnetic field acting, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 2410 and / or the second coil member 2310.
그리고 제 3마그네트(2530)의 일단이 제 2코일부재(2310)를 관통하여 제 1코일부재(2410) 방향으로 돌출됨으로써, 제 3마그네트(2530)를 제 1코일부재(2410)와 인접하게 배치하여 제 3마그네트(2530)에서 발생하는 자기장이 제 1코일부재(2410)에서 발생하는 제 1전자기장과 상호 작용하는 범위를 증가시키고, 이로 인해 제 1코일부재(2410)의 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다. One end of the third magnet 2530 penetrates through the second coil member 2310 in the direction of the first coil member 2410, thereby arranging the third magnet 2530 adjacent to the first coil member 2410. Therefore, the magnetic field generated by the third magnet 2530 increases the range of interaction with the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 2410, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 2410. have.
또한 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단과 접하는 제 3마그네트(2530)의 타단의 극성을 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단의 극성과 반대로 배치함으로써, 제 3마그네트(2530)의 타단과 극성이 서로 반대인 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단이 인력 작용에 의해 제 3마그네트(2530)의 타단에 부착되어 제 1마그네트(2510), 제 2마그네트(2520) 및 제 3마그네트(2530)의 상호 결합력을 향상시키고, 조립을 용이하게 하는 효과가 있다. In addition, the polarity of the other end of the third magnet 2530 in contact with the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 is the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520. By displacing the other end of the third magnet 2530, the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 having opposite polarities to each other of the third magnet 2530 are attracted to the other end of the third magnet 2530. Attached to the first magnet 2510, the second magnet 2520 and the third magnet 2530 has the effect of improving the mutual bonding force, and easy assembly.
그리고 제 2코일부재(2310)는 상하방향 길이가 마그네트(2500)의 상하방향 길이보다 작다.In addition, the length of the second coil member 2310 is smaller than the length of the magnet 2500 in the vertical direction.
즉 제 2코일부재(2310)의 상단은 제 1마그네트(2510)의 상단보다 하부에 배치되고, 제 2코일부재(2310)의 하단은 제 2마그네트(2520)의 하단보다 상부에 배치된다.That is, the upper end of the second coil member 2310 is disposed below the upper end of the first magnet 2510, and the lower end of the second coil member 2310 is disposed above the lower end of the second magnet 2520.
이와 같이 제 2코일부재(2310)는 상하방향 길이가 마그네트(2500)의 상하방향 길이보다 작게 형성됨으로써, 제 2코일부재(2310)가 마그네트(2500)에서 발생하는 자기장의 범위 내에 배치되어 제 2코일부재(2310)에 작용하는 자기장의 양이 증가 되고, 이로 인해 제 2코일부재(2310)의 구동력이 향상되는 효과가 있다. As described above, since the length of the second coil member 2310 is smaller than the length of the magnet 2500, the second coil member 2310 is disposed within the range of the magnetic field generated by the magnet 2500, so that the second coil member 2310 The amount of the magnetic field acting on the coil member 2310 is increased, thereby improving the driving force of the second coil member 2310.
또한 마그네트(2500)는 상하 분리된 하우징(2200)의 측면에 형성된 삽입홈(2210)에 삽입 장착된다.In addition, the magnet 2500 is inserted into and inserted into the insertion groove 2210 formed on the side of the housing 2200, which is vertically separated.
이러한 삽입홈(2210)에는 제 1마그네트(2510), 제 2마그네트(2520) 및 제 3마그네트(2530)가 한 쌍을 이루어 각각 삽입 장착된다.A pair of first magnets 2510, a second magnet 2520, and a third magnet 2530 are inserted into and inserted into the insertion groove 2210, respectively.
한편 제 1탄성부재(2420)는 제 1블레이드(2400)의 하단에 장착되어 제 1블레이드(2400)를 상하방향으로 탄성 지지한다.Meanwhile, the first elastic member 2420 is mounted on the lower end of the first blade 2400 to elastically support the first blade 2400 in the vertical direction.
구체적으로 제 1탄성부재(2420)는 제 2블레이드(2300)와 수평한 얇은 판 재질로 이루어지며, 표면이 금속재질로 도금되어 전기가 통하도록 형성된다. Specifically, the first elastic member 2420 is made of a thin plate material horizontal to the second blade 2300, and the surface is plated with a metal material to be electrically connected.
또한 제 1탄성부재(2420)는 제 1블레이드(2400)에 고정되는 제 1고정부(2421)와, 제 2블레이드(2300)에 고정되는 제 2고정부(2422) 및 제 1고정부와 제 2고정부 사이에 형성되어 제 1블레이드(2400)의 상하 이동시 수축 또는 이완되는 탄성부(2423)로 이루어진다. In addition, the first elastic member 2420 may include a first fixing part 2421 fixed to the first blade 2400, a second fixing part 2422 fixed to the second blade 2300, and a first fixing part and a first fixing part 2420. It is formed between the two fixing portion is made of an elastic portion 2423 that is contracted or relaxed during the vertical movement of the first blade 2400.
이러한 제 1탄성부재(2420)는 전원단자(2430)와 연결되어 전원단자(2430)로 부터 전원을 공급받으며, 제 1코일부재(2410)와도 전기적으로 통하게 연결되어 전원단자(2430)로부터 인가된 전원을 제 1코일부재(2410)에 전달한다.The first elastic member 2420 is connected to the power supply terminal 2430 to receive power from the power supply terminal 2430, and is also electrically connected to the first coil member 2410 to be applied from the power supply terminal 2430. Power is transmitted to the first coil member 2410.
전원단자(2430)는 제 1탄성부재(2420)와는 반대로 제 2블레이드(2300)와 수직한 얇은 판 재질로 이루어진다. The power supply terminal 2430 is made of a thin plate material perpendicular to the second blade 2300 as opposed to the first elastic member 2420.
구체적으로 전원단자(2430)는 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면과 평행하게 형성되는 제 1연장부(2431)와, 제 1연장부(2431)로부터 절곡 형성된 제 2연장부(2432)를 포함하여 이루어진다.In detail, the power supply terminal 2430 includes a first extension part 2431 formed in parallel with an outer surface of the second blade 2300, and a second extension part 2432 bent from the first extension part 2431. It is done by
즉 전원단자(2430)는 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면과 수평한 얇은 판이 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면을 따라 절곡된 형상으로 형성된다.That is, the power supply terminal 2430 is formed in a shape in which a thin plate horizontal to the outer surface of the second blade 2300 is bent along the outer surface of the second blade 2300.
이와 같이 제 1탄성부재(2420)와 연결된 전원단자(2430)는 제 1연장부(2431)로부터 절곡 형성된 제 2연장부(2432)를 포함하여 이루어짐으로써, 제 2블레이드(2300)의 수평 이동시 수축 또는 이완되어 전원단자(2430)에 의해 제 2블레이드(2300)에 가해지는 외력을 최소화시킨다. As such, the power supply terminal 2430 connected to the first elastic member 2420 includes the second extension part 2432 bent from the first extension part 2431, thereby contracting when the second blade 2300 moves horizontally. Or it is relaxed to minimize the external force applied to the second blade (2300) by the power supply terminal (2430).
제 1블레이드(2400)과 마찬가지로 제 2블레이드(2300)에는 제 2블레이드(2300)를 수평방향으로 탄성 지지하는 제 2탄성부재(2320)가 장착된다.  Like the first blade 2400, the second blade 2300 is equipped with a second elastic member 2320 to elastically support the second blade 2300 in the horizontal direction.
제 2탄성부재(2320)는 얇고 긴 와이어 선으로 이루어지며, 상단이 하우징(2200)의 상측에 장착 고정되고, 하단이 제 2블레이드(2300)의 하측 장착된다.  The second elastic member 2320 is made of a thin long wire line, the upper end is fixed to the upper side of the housing 2200, the lower end is mounted below the second blade 2300.
또한 제 2탄성부재(2320)는 전기가 통하는 금속재질로 이루어지며, 제 2코일부재(2310)와 연결되어 제 2코일부재(2310)에 전원을 전달하는 기능을 한다.In addition, the second elastic member 2320 is made of an electrically conductive metal material, and is connected to the second coil member 2310 to transfer power to the second coil member 2310.
이와 같이 제 2블레이드(2300)를 탄성지지하는 제 2탄성부재(2320)를 제 2코일부재(2310)와 연결하여 제 2코일부재(2310)에 전원을 전달함으로써, 별도의 전원전달 수단 없이 제 2코일부재(2310)에 전원을 공급하여 부품 수를 줄이고, 조립을 용이하게 하는 효과가 있다. As such, the second elastic member 2320 that elastically supports the second blade 2300 is connected to the second coil member 2310 to transfer power to the second coil member 2310, thereby eliminating a separate power transmission means. Supplying power to the two coil member 2310 has the effect of reducing the number of parts, and easy assembly.
또한 제 2탄성부재(2320)는 다수개로 이루어지는데, 제 2블레이드(2300)에 상호 대칭되는 4 곳에 하나씩 장착되어 제 2블레이드(2300)가 수평을 유지할 수 있게 지지한다. In addition, the second elastic member 2320 is formed of a plurality, it is mounted on one of the four symmetrical to the second blade 2300 to support the second blade 2300 to maintain the horizontal.
이때 제 2탄성부재(2320)는 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면에 장착된 제 2코일부재(2310)와 연결되어 전원을 전달하는데, 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면에 한 쌍씩 마주보도록 장착된 제 2코일부재(2310)에 동일한 전원이 인가되도록 한다. At this time, the second elastic member 2320 is connected to the second coil member 2310 mounted on the outer surface of the second blade 2300 to transfer power, so as to face a pair of outer surfaces of the second blade 2300. The same power is applied to the mounted second coil member 2310.
즉 제 2블레이드(2300)의 수평이동시 제 2블레이드(2300)의 이동선 상에 배치된 2개의 제 2코일부재(2310)에 동일한 전원이 인가되도록 한다.That is, the same power is applied to two second coil members 2310 disposed on the moving line of the second blade 2300 when the second blade 2300 moves horizontally.
이와 같이 제 2블레이드(2300)의 외측면에 서로 마주보게 한 쌍씩 장착된 제 2코일부재(2310)에 동일한 전원을 인가함으로써, 제 2블레이드(2300)의 수평 이동시 제 2블레이드(2300)에 동일한 방향의 힘이 부가되도록 하여 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다. In this way, by applying the same power to the second coil member 2310 mounted in pairs to face each other on the outer surface of the second blade 2300, the same to the second blade 2300 during the horizontal movement of the second blade 2300 The force in the direction is added to improve the driving force.
위 구성에 따른 제 2실시예의 작동 상태에 대해 상세히 설명한다The operating state of the second embodiment according to the above configuration will be described in detail.
도 11 내지 도 13은 도 8의 B-B에서 바라본 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 작동 상태도이며, 도 14는 도 8의 C-C에서 바라본 전원단자의 작동 상태도이다.11 to 13 are operation state diagrams of the image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function as seen in B-B of Figure 8, Figure 14 is an operation state diagram of the power terminal viewed from C-C of FIG.
도 11에 도시된 바와 같이, 제 1코일부재(2410)와 제 2코일부재(2310)에 전원이 인가되기 전 제 1블레이드(2400)과 제 2블레이드(2300)는 제 1탄성부재(2420)와 제 2탄성부재(2320)에 의해 지지 되고 있으므로 임의로 이동되지 않는다.As shown in FIG. 11, before the power is applied to the first coil member 2410 and the second coil member 2310, the first blade 2400 and the second blade 2300 may be formed of the first elastic member 2420. And the second elastic member 2320 are not supported to move arbitrarily.
또한 제 1탄성부재(2420)는 수평 상태를 유지하고 있으며, 제 2탄성부재(2320)는 수직 상태를 유지하고 있다. In addition, the first elastic member 2420 maintains a horizontal state, and the second elastic member 2320 maintains a vertical state.
도 12는 제 1코일부재(2410)에 전원을 인가했을 때의 작동 상태를 나타낸 것이다.12 illustrates an operating state when power is applied to the first coil member 2410.
도 12에 도시된 바와 같이, 제 1코일부재(2410)에 전원이 인가되면 제 1코일부재(2410)의 주변에 제 1전자기장이 형성되고, 제 1전자기장은 마그네트(2500)에서 발생되는 자기장과의 상호 작용에 의해 제 1블레이드(2400)을 상승시킨다. As shown in FIG. 12, when power is applied to the first coil member 2410, a first electromagnetic field is formed around the first coil member 2410, and the first electromagnetic field is a magnetic field generated by the magnet 2500. By raising the first blade 2400 by the interaction of.
즉, 제 1코일부재(2410)에서 발생하는 제 1전자기장은 제 3마그네트(2530)의 일단에서 발생하여 제 1코일부재(2410)를 거치는 자기력선과 상호 작용하여 제 1블레이드(2400)를 상승시킨다.That is, the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 2410 is generated at one end of the third magnet 2530 to interact with the magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 2410 to raise the first blade 2400. .
그리고 제 1블레이드(2400)은 상승하면서 제 1탄성부재(2420)를 상방향으로 이완시킨다.In addition, the first blade 2400 ascends and relaxes the first elastic member 2420 upward.
이때 제 2블레이드(2300)는 제 2탄성부재(2320)에 의해 지지되어 상승하지 않는다.At this time, the second blade 2300 is supported by the second elastic member 2320 does not rise.
한편 제 1코일부재(2410)에 인가되는 전원의 방향이 반대가 되면 제 1코일부재(2410)에서 발생하는 제 1전자기장의 방향이 반대가 되면서 제 1블레이드(2400)은 하강하게 된다.Meanwhile, when the direction of the power applied to the first coil member 2410 is reversed, the direction of the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 2410 is reversed and the first blade 2400 is lowered.
이때 제 1탄성부재(2420)의 탄성 복원력에 의해 제 1블레이드(2400)은 초기 위치로 이동하며, 임의로 상승하지 않도록 탄성 지지된다.At this time, the first blade 2400 is moved to an initial position by the elastic restoring force of the first elastic member 2420, and is elastically supported so as not to rise arbitrarily.
도 13은 제 2코일부재(2310)에 전원을 인가했을 때의 작동 상태를 나타낸 것이다.13 illustrates an operating state when power is applied to the second coil member 2310.
도 13에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2코일부재(2310)에 전원이 인가되면 제 2코일부재(2310)의 주변에 제 2전자기장이 형성되고, 제 2전자기장은 마그네트(2500)에서 발생되는 자기장과의 상호 작용에 의해 제 2블레이드(2300)를 좌측으로 수평 이동시킨다.As shown in FIG. 13, when power is applied to the second coil member 2310, a second electromagnetic field is formed around the second coil member 2310, and the second electromagnetic field is connected to a magnetic field generated by the magnet 2500. The second blade 2300 is horizontally moved to the left by interaction.
즉 제 2코일부재(2310)에서 발생하는 제 2전자기장은, 제 1마그네트(2510)의 하단과 제 2마그네트(2520)의 상단에서 발생하여 제 2코일부재(2310)를 거치는 자기력선과, 제 3마그네트(2530)의 일단에서 발생하여 제 2코일부재(2310)를 거치는 자기력선과 상호 작용하여 제 2블레이드(2300)를 좌측으로 수평 이동시킨다. That is, the second electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 2310 is generated by the lower end of the first magnet 2510 and the upper end of the second magnet 2520 to pass through the second coil member 2310, and the third The second blade 2300 is horizontally moved to the left side by interacting with a magnetic force line generated at one end of the magnet 2530 and passing through the second coil member 2310.
또한 제 2코일부재(2310)에서 발생하는 제 2전자기장은 제 3마그네트(2530)의 일단에서 발생하여 제 2코일부재(2310)를 거치는 자기력선 과도 상호 작용하여 제 2블레이드(2300)를 좌측으로 수평이동시킨다.In addition, the second electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 2310 is generated at one end of the third magnet 2530 and also interacts with the magnetic force line passing through the second coil member 2310 to horizontally horizontal the second blade 2300 to the left. Move it.
제 2블레이드(2300)는 좌측으로 이동하면서 제 2탄성부재(2320)를 좌측 방향으로 이완시켜 기울어지게 한다. The second blade 2300 relaxes and tilts the second elastic member 2320 in the left direction while moving to the left.
또한 제 2블레이드(2300)에 장착된 제 1블레이드(2400)과 제 1탄성부재(2420)도 함께 좌측으로 수평 이동하게 된다.In addition, the first blade 2400 and the first elastic member 2420 mounted on the second blade 2300 are also horizontally moved to the left side.
이 때 도 14에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1탄성부재(2420)와 연결된 전원단자(2430)는 제 2블레이드(2300)와 간섭되는 외력을 최소화하기 위해 수축 또는 이완되면서 힘을 분산 시킨다.At this time, as shown in FIG. 14, the power supply terminal 2430 connected to the first elastic member 2420 distributes power while contracting or relaxing to minimize external force that interferes with the second blade 2300.
즉 도 14(a)에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2블레이드(2300)가 이동되기 전에는 제 1연장부(2431)와 제 2연장부(2432)가 서로 직각을 이루고 있으며, 도 14(b)에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2블레이드(2300)가 좌측으로 이동하면 제 1연장부(2431)와 제 2연장부(2432)가 서로 수축 또는 이완되면서 힘이 분산되도록 한다.That is, as shown in FIG. 14A, before the second blade 2300 is moved, the first extension part 2431 and the second extension part 2432 form a right angle with each other, and are shown in FIG. 14B. As described above, when the second blade 2300 moves to the left side, the first extension part 2431 and the second extension part 2432 contract or relax with each other so that the force is dispersed.
이와 같이 제 1탄성부재(2420)와 연결된 전원단자(2430)는 제 1연장부(2431)로부터 절곡 형성된 제 2연장부(2432)를 포함하여 이루어짐으로써, 제 2블레이드(2300)의 수평 이동시 수축 또는 이완되어 전원단자(2430)에 의해 제 2블레이드(2300)에 가해지는 외력을 최소화시킨다. As such, the power supply terminal 2430 connected to the first elastic member 2420 includes the second extension part 2432 bent from the first extension part 2431, thereby contracting when the second blade 2300 moves horizontally. Or it is relaxed to minimize the external force applied to the second blade (2300) by the power supply terminal (2430).
이하에서는 본 발명의 제 3실시예를 설명한다.Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described.
도 15는 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 사시도이며, 도 16은 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 일방향 분해 사시도이고, 도 17은 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 타방향 분해 사시도이다.FIG. 15 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 16 is a one-way exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view from another direction of an image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to a third exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
도 15 내지 도 17에 도시된 바와 같이 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치는 하우징, 제 1블레이드(3200), 제 1코일부재(3250), 제 2블레이드(3300), 제 2코일부재(3350), 마그네트(3500), 제 1탄성부재(3700) 및 제 2탄성부재(3800)를 포함하여 이루어지며, 하우징은 케이스(3100), 제 2블레이드(3300), 커버(3150) 및 베이스(3400)를 포함하여 이루어진다. As shown in FIGS. 15 to 17, the image photographing apparatus having the shake correction function according to the third exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes a housing, a first blade 3200, a first coil member 3250, and a second blade ( 3300, the second coil member 3350, the magnet 3500, the first elastic member 3700 and the second elastic member 3800, and the housing is formed of a case 3100 and a second blade 3300. And a cover 3150 and a base 3400.
제 2블레이드(3300)는 육면체 형상으로 상하단이 개방 형성되며, 내부에 제 1블레이드(3200)가 상하 이동되게 장착된다. The second blade 3300 has a hexahedron shape, the upper and lower ends of which are opened, and the first blade 3200 is mounted to move vertically therein.
또한 제 2블레이드(3300)의 상측에는 제 1탄성부재(3700)와 커버(3150)가 장착되고, 하측에는 베이스(3400)가 장착 고정된다.In addition, the first elastic member 3700 and the cover 3150 are mounted on the upper side of the second blade 3300, and the base 3400 is fixed to the lower side.
커버(3150)는 사각형 형상으로 중심부가 상하 개방 형성되어 렌즈의 입사광이 통과하도록 한다. The cover 3150 has a quadrangular shape and has a central portion open upward and downward to allow incident light of the lens to pass therethrough.
제 1블레이드(3200)는 육면체 형상으로 하단이 개방 형성되고, 상단에는 렌즈(미도시)의 입사광이 통과하는 개구홀(3210)이 형성되며, 외측에는 제 1코일부재(3250)가 장착된다. The first blade 3200 has a hexahedral shape, the lower end of which is opened, an upper end of which is formed an opening hole 3210 through which incident light from a lens (not shown) passes, and an outer side of the first blade member 3250 is mounted.
또한 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상단에는 후술하는 바와 같이 마그네트(3500)가 삽입 관통되는 관통홀(3220)이 형성된다.In addition, a through hole 3220 through which the magnet 3500 is inserted is formed at an upper end of the first blade 3200.
관통홀(3220)은 사각형 형상으로 너비가 마그네트(3500)의 너비보다 크고, 다수개로 이루어져 개구홀(3210)을 중심으로 상호 대칭되게 배치된다. The through hole 3220 has a quadrangular shape, the width of which is greater than the width of the magnet 3500, and a plurality of the through holes 3220 are disposed symmetrically with respect to the opening hole 3210.
제 1코일부재(3250)는 내부에 전류가 흐르는 얇은 전선으로, 제 1블레이드(3200)의 외측면을 중심으로 권취된다. The first coil member 3250 is a thin wire through which a current flows, and is wound around the outer surface of the first blade 3200.
이때 제 1블레이드(3200)의 외측 모서리부는 모따기 처리되어 제 1코일부재(3250)가 파손되는 것을 방지한다.At this time, the outer edge portion of the first blade 3200 is chamfered to prevent the first coil member 3250 from being damaged.
또한 제 1블레이드(3200)의 내부에는 제 2탄성부재(3800)에 의해 제 2블레이드(3300)가 수평방향으로 이동되게 장착된다.In addition, the second blade 3300 is mounted in the first blade 3200 to be moved in the horizontal direction by the second elastic member 3800.
제 2블레이드(3300)는 육면체 형상으로 중심부가 상하 개방 형성되어 내부에 렌즈가 삽입 배치된다. The second blade 3300 has a hexahedron shape, the center of which is vertically open, and a lens is inserted therein.
또한 제 2블레이드(3300)의 측면에는 제 2코일부재(3350)가 장착된다.In addition, the second coil member 3350 is mounted on the side surface of the second blade 3300.
제 2코일부재(3350)는 내부에 전류가 흐르는 얇은 전선으로 제 1코일부재(3250)의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 권취되며, 원형의 중공형상으로 형성된다. The second coil member 3350 is a thin wire having a current flowing therein and is wound in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member 3250, and is formed in a circular hollow shape.
이러한 제 2코일부재(3350)는 제 2블레이드(3300)의 측면에 총 4개가 장착되며, 렌즈의 광축을 중심으로 상호 대칭되게 배치된다.A total of four second coil members 3350 are mounted on the side surfaces of the second blades 3300 and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the optical axis of the lens.
한편 베이스(3400)는 제 2블레이드(3300)의 하측에 장착되며, 사각형 형상으로 중심부가 상하 개방 형성된다.On the other hand, the base 3400 is mounted to the lower side of the second blade 3300, the center is formed in the rectangular shape up and down open.
이러한 베이스(3400)의 상측에는 마그네트(3500)가 장착 고정된다The magnet 3500 is fixed to the upper side of the base 3400.
마그네트(3500)는 베이스(3400)의 상측에서 제 2코일부재(3350)의 외측에 인접하게 배치된다. The magnet 3500 is disposed adjacent to the outside of the second coil member 3350 on the upper side of the base 3400.
구체적으로 마그네트(3500)는 제 1마그네트(3510), 제 2마그네트(3520) 및 제 3마그네트(3530)로 이루어진다.In detail, the magnet 3500 includes a first magnet 3510, a second magnet 3520, and a third magnet 3530.
제 1마그네트(3510)와 제 2마그네트(3520)는 사각형 형상으로 극성이 상하로 분리되며, 제 2코일부재(3350)의 각 측면에 2개씩 배치되어 총 8개로 이루어진다. The first magnets 3510 and the second magnets 3520 are squarely divided up and down in polarity, and are arranged on two sides of each of the second coil members 3350 to have a total of eight.
또한 제 2마그네트(3520)는 제 3마그네트(3530)를 사이에 두고 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하부에 배치된다.In addition, the second magnet 3520 is disposed below the first magnet 3510 with the third magnet 3530 interposed therebetween.
이러한 제 1마그네트(3510)와 제 2마그네트(3520)는 제 3마그네트(3530)를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 분리된다.The first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520 are separated from each other in a vertically and symmetrical polarity with respect to the third magnet 3530.
즉 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단과 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단의 극성이 서로 동일하고, 제 1마그네트(3510)의 상단과 제 2마그네트(3520)의 하단의 극성이 서로 동일하게 배치된다.That is, the polarities of the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 are the same, and the polarities of the upper end of the first magnet 3510 and the lower end of the second magnet 3520 are the same. .
또한 제 1마그네트(3510)와 제 2마그네트(3520)는 제 1블레이드(3200)와 제 2블레이드(3300) 사이에 배치되며, 일단이 제 2코일부재(3350) 방향으로 배치되고 타단이 제 1코일부재(3250) 방향으로 배치된다.In addition, the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520 are disposed between the first blade 3200 and the second blade 3300, one end of which is disposed in the direction of the second coil member 3350 and the other end of which is the first magnet 3520. It is arranged in the coil member 3250 direction.
즉 도 18에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1마그네트(3510)와 제 2마그네트(3520)의 일단은 제 2코일부재(3350)와 인접하게 배치되고, 제 1마그네트(3510)와 제 2마그네트(3520)의 타단은 제 1블레이드(3200)의 내측면과 마주보게 배치되어 제 1블레이드(3200)의 외측면에 장착된 제 1코일부재(3250)와 인접한다.That is, as shown in FIG. 18, one end of the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520 is disposed adjacent to the second coil member 3350, and the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520 are disposed. The other end of the second blade 3200 is disposed to face the inner surface of the first blade 3200 and is adjacent to the first coil member 3250 mounted on the outer surface of the first blade 3200.
제 3마그네트(3530)는 사각형 형상으로 극성이 제 2블레이드(3300)의 이동방향, 즉 좌우방향으로 분리되며, 제 2코일부재(3350)의 각 측면에 1개씩 총 4개로 이루어진다. The third magnet 3530 has a quadrangular shape and the polarity thereof is separated in a moving direction of the second blade 3300, that is, in a left and right direction, and includes a total of four one at each side of the second coil member 3350.
그리고 제 3마그네트(3530)는 제 1마그네트(3510)와 제 2마그네트(3520) 사이에 장착된다.The third magnet 3530 is mounted between the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520.
또한 제 3마그네트(3530)는 일단이 제 2코일부재(3350) 방향으로 돌출되며, 돌출된 일단은 제 2코일부재(3350)의 중심부에 삽입 배치된다.In addition, one end of the third magnet 3530 protrudes in the direction of the second coil member 3350, and one end of the third magnet 3530 is inserted into the center of the second coil member 3350.
그리고 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단은 제 1블레이드(3200)의 내측면과 마주보게 배치되어 제 1블레이드(3200)의 외측에 장착된 제 1코일부재(3250)와 인접하게 배치된다.The other end of the third magnet 3530 is disposed to face the inner surface of the first blade 3200 and is adjacent to the first coil member 3250 mounted to the outside of the first blade 3200.
본 발명의 제 3실시예에서는 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단과 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단의 극성을 N극으로 하고, 제 1마그네트(3510)의 상단과 제 2마그네트(3520)의 하단을 S극으로 하며, 제 3마그네트(3530)의 일단을 N극으로 타단을 S극으로 한다.In the third embodiment of the present invention, the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 is N pole, and the upper end of the first magnet 3510 and the lower end of the second magnet 3520. Is the S pole, and one end of the third magnet 3530 is the N pole and the other end is the S pole.
이러한 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선은 제 2코일부재(3350)를 거쳐 제 1마그네트(3510)의 상단인 S극으로 이동하고, 제 2마그네트(3520)는 상단이 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 제 2코일부재(3350)를 거쳐 제 2마그네트(3520)의 하단인 S극으로 이동한다.The magnetic force lines generated at the N pole, which is the lower end of the first magnet 3510, move to the S pole, which is the upper end of the first magnet 3510, through the second coil member 3350, and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 is N. The magnetic force line generated at the pole moves to the S pole, which is the lower end of the second magnet 3520, through the second coil member 3350.
또한 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선 중 일부는 제 1코일부재(3250)를 거쳐 제 1마그네트(3510)의 상단인 S극 및 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단인 S극으로 이동하고, 제 2마그네트(3520)는 상단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선 중 일부는 제 1코일부재(3250)를 거쳐 제 2마그네트(3520)의 하단인 S극 및 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단인 S극으로 이동한다.In addition, some of the magnetic force lines generated at the N pole, which is the lower end of the first magnet 3510, are S poles which are the upper ends of the first magnets 3510 and S poles which are the other ends of the third magnet 3530 via the first coil member 3250. And the other end of the magnetic poles generated at the north pole of the second magnet 3520 through the first coil member 3250 and the other end of the S pole and the third magnet 3530 which are the lower ends of the second magnet 3520. Go to the S pole.
그리고 제 3마그네트(3530)의 일단인 N극 발생한 자기력선은 제 2코일부재(3350)를 거쳐 제 1마그네트(3510)의 상단인 S극 및 제 2마그네트(3520)의 하단인 S극으로 각각 이동한다. The magnetic force lines generated at the north pole of one end of the third magnet 3530 are respectively moved to the south pole of the first magnet 3510 and the south pole of the second magnet 3520 via the second coil member 3350. do.
또한 제 3마그네트(3530)의 일단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선 중 일부는 제 1코일부재(3250)를 거쳐 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단인 S극으로 이동한다.In addition, some of the magnetic force lines generated at the N pole, which is one end of the third magnet 3530, move to the S pole, which is the other end of the third magnet 3530, through the first coil member 3250.
이와 같이 제 1마그네트(3510)와 제 2마그네트(3520) 사이에 제 3마그네트(3530)를 장착함으로써, 제 3마그네트(3530)에서 발생하는 자기력선이 제 1코일부재(3250) 및/또는 제 2코일부재(3350)를 거치면서 제 1코일부재(3250)의 제 1전자기장 및/또는 제 2코일부재(3350)의 제 2전자기장과 상호작용하는 자기장의 세기를 증가시키고, 이로 인해 제 1코일부재(3250) 및/또는 제 2코일부재(3350)의 구동력이 향상되는 효과가 있다. In this way, by mounting the third magnet 3530 between the first magnet 3510 and the second magnet 3520, the magnetic force lines generated in the third magnet 3530 is the first coil member 3250 and / or the second While passing through the coil member 3350, the strength of the magnetic field interacting with the first electromagnetic field of the first coil member 3250 and / or the second electromagnetic field of the second coil member 3350 is increased, thereby increasing the strength of the first coil member. 3250 and / or the driving force of the second coil member 3350 is improved.
또한 제 3마그네트(3530)의 일단이 제 2코일부재(3350) 방향으로 돌출됨으로써, 제 3마그네트(3530)를 제 2코일부재(3350)와 인접하게 하여 제 3마그네트(3530)에서 발생하는 자기장과 제 2코일부재(3350)에서 발생하는 제 2전자기장이 상호 작용되는 범위를 증가시키고, 이로 인해 제 2코일부재(3350)의 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다. In addition, one end of the third magnet 3530 protrudes in the direction of the second coil member 3350, thereby causing the third magnet 3530 to be adjacent to the second coil member 3350 to generate a magnetic field generated by the third magnet 3530. And the range in which the second electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 3350 interact with each other, thereby increasing the driving force of the second coil member 3350.
그리고 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단을 제 1코일부재(3250) 방향으로 배치함으로써, 제 1마그네트(3510)의 자기력선 중 일부가 제 1코일부재(3250)를 거쳐 제 3마그네트(3530)로 이동되게 하여 제 3마그네트(3530)를 거치는 자기력선을 증가시키고, 이로 인해 제 1코일부재(3250)의 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다. In addition, by arranging the other end of the third magnet 3530 in the direction of the first coil member 3250, some of the magnetic force lines of the first magnet 3510 move to the third magnet 3530 via the first coil member 3250. In order to increase the magnetic force line passing through the third magnet 3530, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 3250.
또한 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단은 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단과 접한다.In addition, the other end of the third magnet 3530 is in contact with the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520.
즉 제 3마그네트(3530)에는 타단의 상부에 제 1마그네트(3510)가 장착되고 타단의 하부에 제 2마그네트(3520)가 장착된다. That is, the first magnet 3510 is mounted on the upper end of the third magnet 3530, and the second magnet 3520 is mounted on the lower end of the third magnet 3530.
이러한 제 3마그네트(3530)는 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단과 접하는 타단의 극성이 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단의 극성과 서로 반대로 배치된다.The third magnet 3530 has a polarity at the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the other end contacting the upper end of the second magnet 3520 at a lower end of the first magnet 3510 and an upper end of the second magnet 3520. And are placed opposite each other.
또한 제 3마그네트(3530)는 제 2코일부재(3350) 방향으로 돌출된 일단의 극성이 제 1마그네트(3510)의 상단과 제 2마그네트(3520)의 하단의 극성과 서로 반대로 배치된다.In addition, the polarity of one end of the third magnet 3530 protruding toward the second coil member 3350 is disposed opposite to the polarity of the upper end of the first magnet 3510 and the lower end of the second magnet 3520.
이와 같이 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단과 접하는 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단의 극성을 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단의 극성과 반대로 배치함으로써, 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단과 극성이 서로 반대인 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단 및 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단이 인력 작용에 의해 제 3마그네트(3530)의 타단에 부착되어 제 1마그네트(3510), 제 2마그네트(3520) 및 제 3마그네트(3530)의 상호 결합력을 향상시키고, 조립을 용이하게 하는 효과가 있다. As such, the polarity of the other end of the third magnet 3530 that is in contact with the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 may be defined by the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and the upper end of the second magnet 3520. By arranging the polarity opposite, the other end of the third magnet 3530 and the other end of the third magnet 3530 having the opposite polarity and the upper end of the second magnet 3520 are attracted to each other. Attached to the first magnet 3510, the second magnet 3520 and the third magnet 3530 has an effect of improving the mutual coupling force, and easy assembly.
또한 제 3마그네트(3530)의 상면과 접하는 제 1마그네트(3510)는 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상측면과 비슷한 높이로 배치되어 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상측에 형성된 관통홀(3220)에 삽입된다.In addition, the first magnet 3510, which is in contact with the upper surface of the third magnet 3530, is disposed at a height similar to the upper surface of the first blade 3200 and inserted into the through hole 3220 formed on the upper side of the first blade 3200. do.
관통홀(3220)은 사각형 형상으로 제 1마그네트(3510)의 너비보다 크다. The through hole 3220 is rectangular in shape and larger than the width of the first magnet 3510.
이와 같이 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상측에 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상하 이동시 제 1마그네트(3510)가 삽입 관통하는 관통홀(3220)을 형성함으로써, 제 1블레이드(3200)의 크기를 줄이고, 제 1마그네트(3510)를 회피하여 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상하 이동을 원활하게 하는 효과가 있다.As such, by forming a through hole 3220 through which the first magnet 3510 is inserted when the first blade 3200 moves up and down on the first blade 3200, the size of the first blade 3200 is reduced, There is an effect of smoothing the vertical movement of the first blade 3200 by avoiding the first magnet 3510.
또한 제 2코일부재(3350)는 상하방향 길이가 마그네트(3500)의 상하방향 길이보다 작다.In addition, the vertical length of the second coil member 3350 is smaller than the vertical length of the magnet 3500.
즉 제 2코일부재(3350)의 상단은 제 1마그네트(3510)의 상단보다 하부에 배치되고, 제 2코일부재(3350)의 하단은 제 2마그네트(3520)의 하단보다 상부에 배치된다.That is, the upper end of the second coil member 3350 is disposed below the upper end of the first magnet 3510, and the lower end of the second coil member 3350 is disposed above the lower end of the second magnet 3520.
이와 같이 제 2코일부재(3350)는 상하방향 길이가 마그네트(3500)의 상하방향 길이보다 작게 형성됨으로써, 제 2코일부재(3350)가 마그네트(3500)에서 발생하는 자기장의 범위 내에 배치되어 제 2코일부재(3350)에 작용하는 자기장의 양이 증가되고, 이로 인해 제 2코일부재(3350)의 구동력이 향상되는 효과가 있다. As described above, since the length of the second coil member 3350 is smaller than the length of the magnet 3500, the second coil member 3350 is disposed within the range of the magnetic field generated by the magnet 3500, so that the second coil member 3350 The amount of the magnetic field acting on the coil member 3350 is increased, thereby improving the driving force of the second coil member 3350.
한편 제 2블레이드(3300)에는 제 3탄성부재(3790) 및 제 2탄성부재(3800)가 장착된다.Meanwhile, the third elastic member 3790 and the second elastic member 3800 are mounted on the second blade 3300.
제 3탄성부재(3790)는 사각형 형상의 얇은 판으로 이루어지며, 외측이 베이스(3400)에 장착 고정되고, 내측이 제 2블레이드(3300)의 하단에 장착되어 제 2블레이드(3300)를 상하방향 및 수평방향으로 탄성 지지한다. The third elastic member 3790 is made of a thin plate of a rectangular shape, the outer side is fixed to the base 3400, the inner side is mounted to the lower end of the second blade 3300 to move the second blade 3300 in the vertical direction And elastic support in the horizontal direction.
제 2탄성부재(3800)는 상하로 길게 형성된 와이어 스프링으로 이루어지며, 일단이 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상단에 결합 고정되고, 타단이 제 2블레이드(3300)의 하단에 결합 고정되어 제 2블레이드(3300)를 제 1블레이드(3200)의 내부에서 수평방향으로 이동되게 탄성 지지한다. The second elastic member 3800 is formed of a wire spring formed vertically long, one end is fixed to the upper end of the first blade 3200, the other end is fixed to the lower end of the second blade 3300, the second blade The 3300 is elastically supported to be moved in the horizontal direction within the first blade 3200.
또한 제 2탄성부재(3800)는 전기가 통하는 재질로 이루어져 제 2코일부재(3350)의 단선과 전기적으로 연결된다.In addition, the second elastic member 3800 is made of an electrically conductive material and is electrically connected to the disconnection of the second coil member 3350.
이러한 제 2탄성부재(3800)는 제 2블레이드(3300)의 하단에 총 4개가 장착되며, 렌즈의 광축을 중심으로 상호 대칭되게 배치된다.A total of four second elastic members 3800 are mounted on the lower ends of the second blades 3300 and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the optical axis of the lens.
또한 제 1블레이드(3200)에는 제 1탄성부재(3700)가 장착된다,In addition, the first elastic member 3700 is mounted on the first blade 3200.
제 1탄성부재(3700)는 사각형 형상의 얇은 판으로 이루어지며, 외측이 제 2블레이드(3300)의 상측에 결합 고정되고 내측이 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상측에 결합 고정된다. The first elastic member 3700 is formed of a thin plate having a rectangular shape, and the outer side is coupled to the upper side of the second blade 3300 and the inner side is coupled to the upper side of the first blade 3200.
이러한 제 1탄성부재(3700)의 외측과 내측은 서로 탄성적으로 연결되며 상하 방향으로 수축 이완이 가능하여 제 1블레이드(3200)를 제 2블레이드(3300)의 내부에서 상하 이동되게 탄성 지지한다.The outer side and the inner side of the first elastic member 3700 are elastically connected to each other, and can be contracted and relaxed in the vertical direction to elastically support the first blade 3200 to be moved up and down inside the second blade 3300.
또한 제 1탄성부재(3700)의 측면에는 제 2블레이드(3300)의 측면으로 절곡되어 외부의 전원과 연결되는 단자부(3750)가 형성되며, 외부의 전원과 연결되어 제 1코일부재(3250)와 제 2코일부재(3350)에 전원을 공급하는 기능을 수행한다.In addition, the side of the first elastic member 3700 is formed with a terminal portion 3750 is bent to the side of the second blade 3300 and connected to the external power source, and is connected to the external power source and the first coil member 3250 It performs a function of supplying power to the second coil member 3350.
구체적으로 제 1탄성부재(3700)는 외부의 전원과 연결되어 제 1코일부재(3250) 및 제 2코일부재(3350)에 전원을 전달하는 도체층(미도시)과, 도체층을 감싸는 절연층으로 이루어진다.Specifically, the first elastic member 3700 is a conductor layer (not shown) connected to an external power source to transfer power to the first coil member 3250 and the second coil member 3350, and an insulation layer surrounding the conductor layer. Is done.
도체층은 제 1코일부재(3250) 또는 제 2탄성부재(3800)에 전원을 전달하기 위한 다수개의 전기회로로 이루어지며, 외부의 전원과 전기적으로 연결된다. The conductor layer is composed of a plurality of electric circuits for transmitting power to the first coil member 3250 or the second elastic member 3800, and is electrically connected to an external power source.
즉 도체층은 제 1코일부재(3250)의 단선과 직접 연결되어 외부의 전원을 제 1코일부재(3250)에 전달하고, 제 2탄성부재(3800)의 일단과 전기적으로 연결되어 제 2탄성부재(3800)의 타단과 연결된 제 2코일부재(3350)에 전원을 공급한다.That is, the conductor layer is directly connected to the disconnection of the first coil member 3250 to transfer external power to the first coil member 3250, and is electrically connected to one end of the second elastic member 3800 to be the second elastic member. Power is supplied to the second coil member 3350 connected to the other end of the 3800.
이와 같이 제 2블레이드(3300)를 수평 방향으로 탄성 지지하는 제 2탄성부재(3800)의 일단이 도체층과 전기적으로 연결되고, 타단이 제 2코일부재(3350)의 단선과 전기적으로 연결되어 제 2코일부재(3350)에 외부의 전원을 공급함으로써, 전원을 공급하는 기능과 제 2블레이드(3300)를 탄성 지지하는 기능을 모두 수행하여 전체적인 부품수를 감소시키고 구조를 간소화시킨다.In this way, one end of the second elastic member 3800 that elastically supports the second blade 3300 in the horizontal direction is electrically connected to the conductor layer, and the other end is electrically connected to the disconnection of the second coil member 3350. By supplying external power to the second coil member 3350, both the function of supplying power and the function of elastically supporting the second blade 3300 are performed to reduce the overall number of parts and simplify the structure.
절연층은 전기가 통하지 않는 재질로 이루어지며, 도체층을 감싸 도체층이 파손되는 것을 방지하고, 외부의 전기적 노이즈를 차단한다. The insulating layer is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, wraps the conductor layer to prevent the conductor layer from being damaged, and blocks external electrical noise.
또한 절연층은 연성재질로 이루어져 쉽게 휘어지며 탄성력을 갖는다.In addition, the insulating layer is made of a flexible material is easily bent and has an elastic force.
이와 같이 제 1블레이드(3200)에 장착되어 제 1블레이드(3200)를 상하 탄성 지지하는 제 1탄성부재(3700)는 외부의 전원과 연결되어 제 1코일부재(3250) 및 제 2코일부재(3350)에 전원을 전달하는 도체층과, 도체층을 감싸는 절연층으로 이루어짐으로써, 전원을 공급하는 기능과 제 1블레이드(3200)를 탄성 지지하는 기능을 모두 수행하여 전체적인 부품수를 감소시키고 구조를 간소화시킨다.As described above, the first elastic member 3700 mounted on the first blade 3200 to elastically support the first blade 3200 is connected to an external power source so that the first coil member 3250 and the second coil member 3350 are connected. It consists of a conductor layer that delivers power to the wire) and an insulating layer surrounding the conductor layer, thereby performing both a function of supplying power and a function of elastically supporting the first blade 3200 to reduce the overall number of parts and simplify the structure. Let's do it.
위 구성에 따른 제 3실시예의 동작 상태를 설명한다.An operation state of the third embodiment according to the above configuration will be described.
도 18은 도 15의 E-E에서 바라본 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 단면도이고, 도 19 및 도 20은 도 15의 E-E에서 바라본 본 발명의 제 3실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 동작 상태도이다.FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a third embodiment of the present invention as seen from the EE of FIG. 15, and FIGS. 19 and 20 are a third embodiment of the present invention as seen from the EE of FIG. 15. The operation state diagram of the image photographing apparatus equipped with a shake correction function according to.
도 18에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1코일부재(3250)와 제 2코일부재(3350)에 전원이 인가되기 전에는 제 1블레이드(3200)가 제 1탄성부재(3700)와 제 3탄성부재(3790)에 의해 베이스(3400) 상측에 부양된 상태로 배치되며, 제 1탄성부재(3700)는 수평상태를 유지한다.As shown in FIG. 18, before power is applied to the first coil member 3250 and the second coil member 3350, the first blade 3200 may include the first elastic member 3700 and the third elastic member 3790. It is disposed in a supported state above the base 3400, the first elastic member 3700 maintains a horizontal state.
또한 제 2블레이드(3300)는 제 1블레이드(3200)의 내부에서 제 2탄성부재(3800)에 의해 베이스(3400)의 상측에 부양된 상태로 배치된다.In addition, the second blade 3300 is disposed in a state of being supported above the base 3400 by the second elastic member 3800 in the first blade 3200.
또한 제 1코일부재(3250)와 마그네트(3500)의 외측면 사이의 간격이 렌즈의 광축을 기준으로 좌우 대칭을 이루고, 마그네트(3500)의 내측면과 제 2코일부재(3350) 사이의 간격이 렌즈의 광축을 기준으로 좌우 대칭을 이룬다.In addition, the gap between the first coil member 3250 and the outer surface of the magnet 3500 is symmetrical with respect to the optical axis of the lens, and the gap between the inner surface of the magnet 3500 and the second coil member 3350 is It is symmetrical about the optical axis of the lens.
도 19 에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1코일부재(3250)에 전원이 인가되면 제 1코일부재(3250)에서 발생하는 제 1전자기장과 마그네트(3500)에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 제 1블레이드(3200)는 상승한다.As shown in FIG. 19, when power is applied to the first coil member 3250, the first blade may be formed by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 3250 and the magnetic field generated by the magnet 3500. 3200 rises.
즉 제 1코일부재(3250)에서 발생되는 제 1전자기장은 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단에서 발생하여 제 1코일부재(3250)를 거치는 자기력선과, 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단에서 발생하여 제 1코일부재(3250)를 거치는 지기력선 및 제 3마그네트(3530)의 일단에서 발생하여 제 1코일부재(3250)를 거치는 자기력선의 상호 작용에 의해 제 1블레이드(3200)를 상승시킨다.That is, the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 3250 is generated at the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and passes through the magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 3250, and is generated at the upper end of the second magnet 3520. The first blade 3200 is lifted by the interaction of the force line passing through the first coil member 3250 and the magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 3250 by being generated at one end of the third magnet 3530.
제 1블레이드(3200)가 상승함에 따라 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상측에 장착된 제 1탄성부재(3700)는 내측이 제 1블레이드(3200)와 함께 상승하면서 상방향으로 이완된다. As the first blade 3200 rises, the first elastic member 3700 mounted on the upper side of the first blade 3200 relaxes in an upward direction while the inner side thereof rises together with the first blade 3200.
또한 제 1탄성부재(3700)의 내측과 연결되고, 제 1블레이드(3200) 내부에 제 2탄성부재(3800)에 의해 연결된 제 2블레이드(3300)도 제 1탄성부재(3700)의 내측이 상승하면서 함께 상승한다.In addition, the inner side of the first elastic member 3700 is also raised to the second blade 3300 connected to the inner side of the first elastic member 3700 and connected by the second elastic member 3800 to the inside of the first blade 3200. While rising together.
이때 도 18에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2코일부재(3350)가 장착된 제 2블레이드(3300)는 좌우 이동 없이 상하 방향으로만 이동하기 때문에 제 2코일부재(3350)와 마그네트(3500)의 내측면 사이의 간격은 변하지 않는다.In this case, as shown in FIG. 18, since the second blade 3300 on which the second coil member 3350 is mounted moves only in the vertical direction without moving left and right, the inner surfaces of the second coil member 3350 and the magnet 3500 are moved. The gap between them does not change.
따라서 제 2블레이드(3300)의 수평 이동시 마그네트(3500)의 자기장이 제 2블레이드(3300)의 양측에 각각 배치된 제 2코일부재(3350)에 모두 균일하게 전도되어 제 2블레이드(3300)의 수평이동을 원활하게 이루어지도록 한다.Accordingly, when the second blade 3300 moves horizontally, the magnetic field of the magnet 3500 is uniformly conducted to the second coil members 3350 disposed on both sides of the second blade 3300, thereby horizontally moving the second blade 3300. Make the movement smooth.
또한 제 1코일부재(3250)는 인가되는 전원의 방향을 반대로 하면 하방향으로 이동할 수도 있다.In addition, the first coil member 3250 may move downward when the direction of the applied power is reversed.
한편 제 1블레이드(3200)가 상승한 상태에서 제 2코일부재(3350)에 전원을 인가하면 도 20에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2블레이드(3300)가 제 1블레이드(3200) 내부에서 제 1블레이드(3200)에 대해 독립적으로 좌측으로 수평이동한다.Meanwhile, when power is applied to the second coil member 3350 while the first blade 3200 is raised, as shown in FIG. 20, the second blade 3300 is the first blade 3200 inside the first blade 3200. Independently move horizontally to the left.
즉 제 2코일부재(3350)에서 발생되는 제 2전자기장은 제 1마그네트(3510)의 하단에서 발생하여 제 2코일부재(3350)를 거치는 자기력선과, 제 2마그네트(3520)의 상단에서 발생하여 제 2코일부재(3350)를 거치는 지기력선 및 제 3마그네트(3530)의 일단에서 발생하여 제 2코일부재(3350)를 거치는 자기력선의 상호 작용에 의해 제 2블레이드(3300)를 수평 이동시킨다.That is, the second electromagnetic field generated by the second coil member 3350 is generated at the lower end of the first magnet 3510 and passes through the magnetic force line passing through the second coil member 3350, and is generated at the upper end of the second magnet 3520. The second blade 3300 is horizontally moved by the interaction between the force line passing through the second coil member 3350 and the magnetic force line passing through the second coil member 3350 at one end of the third magnet 3530.
제 2블레이드(3300)가 좌측으로 이동함에 따라 제 2탄성부재(3800)는 좌측으로 변형되고, 제 2탄성부재(3800)는 탄성 복원력에 의해 제 2블레이드(3300)를 오른쪽으로 탄성 지지한다. As the second blade 3300 moves to the left side, the second elastic member 3800 is deformed to the left side, and the second elastic member 3800 elastically supports the second blade 3300 to the right by elastic restoring force.
제 2블레이드(3300)는 제 2코일부재(3350)에 인가되는 전류의 방향에 따라 우측 또는 전후방향으로 이동 가능하다. The second blade 3300 is movable in the right or front and rear directions according to the direction of the current applied to the second coil member 3350.
이와 같이 마그네트(3500)를 제 1블레이드(3200)의 내측면과 제 2블레이드(3300)의 외측면 사이에 배치하고, 제 1블레이드(3200)와 제 2블레이드(3300)를 함께 상하 이동되게 하며, 제 2블레이드(3300)를 제 1블레이드(3200)와는 독립적으로 수평 이동되게 함으로써, 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상하이동시 제 2블레이드(3300)에 장착된 제 2코일부재(3350)와 마그네트(3500)의 간격이 일정하게 유지되어, 마그네트(3500)의 자기장이 제 2블레이드(3300)의 양측에 각각 장착된 제 2코일부재(3350)에 모두 균일하게 전도되어 제 2블레이드(3300)의 수평이동을 원활하게 이루어지도록 한다.As such, the magnet 3500 is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade 3200 and the outer surface of the second blade 3300, and the first blade 3200 and the second blade 3300 are vertically moved together. By moving the second blade 3300 horizontally independently of the first blade 3200, the second coil member 3350 and the magnet (3350) mounted on the Shanghai simultaneous second blade 3300 of the first blade 3200 may be provided. The spacing of the 3500 is kept constant, and the magnetic field of the magnet 3500 is uniformly conducted to the second coil members 3350 mounted on both sides of the second blade 3300 so that the horizontal of the second blade 3300 is uniform. Make the movement smooth.
또한 반대로 제 2블레이드(3300)의 수평이동시 제 1코일부재(3250)와 마그네트(3500) 사이의 간격이 모두 균일하게 유지되어, 제 1블레이드(3200)의 상하이동이 원활하게 이루어지도록 한다.On the contrary, when the horizontal movement of the second blade 3300 is horizontally maintained, the distance between the first coil member 3250 and the magnet 3500 is uniformly maintained so that the first blade 3200 can be moved smoothly.
이하에서는 본 발명의 제 4실시예를 설명한다.Hereinafter, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described.
도 21은 제 4실시예의 영상 촬영 장치의 사시도이고, 도 22는 제 4실시예의 영상 촬영 장치의 분해사시도이며, 도 23은 도 22의 D를 확대 도시한 일부 분해 사시도이다.FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the image capturing apparatus of the fourth embodiment, FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective view of the image capturing apparatus of the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 23 is an enlarged partial perspective view of D of FIG.
도 21 내지 도 23에 도시된 바와 같이 제 4실시예의 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치는, 하우징(4200), 제 2블레이드(4300), 제 2코일부재(4310), 제 1블레이드(4400), 제 1코일부재(4410), 마그네트(4500), 제 1요크(4900), 제 2요크(4600), 제 1탄성부재(4420), 전원단자(4430) 및 제 2탄성부재(4320)를 포함하여 이루어진다.As shown in FIGS. 21 to 23, the image photographing apparatus having the shake correction function according to the fourth embodiment includes a housing 4200, a second blade 4300, a second coil member 4310, and a first blade 4400. ), The first coil member 4410, the magnet 4500, the first yoke 4900, the second yoke 4600, the first elastic member 4420, the power supply terminal 4430 and the second elastic member 4320 It is made, including.
하우징(4200)은 사각형 형상으로 상부와 하부로 각각 분리 형성되며, 테두리가 서로 마주보는 방향으로 돌출되어 제 2블레이드(4300)를 감싸도록 결합된다. The housing 4200 is formed to be separated into upper and lower portions in a rectangular shape, and the edges protrude in a direction facing each other to be coupled to surround the second blade 4300.
제 2블레이드(4300)는 사각형의 중공 형상으로 하우징(4200)의 내부에 수평방향으로 이동되게 장착된다 The second blade 4300 is mounted to be moved horizontally inside the housing 4200 in a rectangular hollow shape.
제 2블레이드(4300)의 측면에는 제 2블레이드(4300)의 내부와 외부가 통하도록 개방된 관통공(4301)이 형성된다. A through hole 4301 is formed at a side surface of the second blade 4300 to open the inside and the outside of the second blade 4300.
관통공(4301)은 사각형 형상으로 제 2블레이드(4300)의 4개의 측면에 각각 하나씩 형성된다. The through holes 4301 are formed in one quadrangle shape on each of four side surfaces of the second blade 4300.
또한 관통공(4301)의 양측에는 마그네트(4500) 방향으로 돌출된 고정돌기(4302)가 각각 형성된다.In addition, fixing protrusions 4302 protruding in the direction of the magnet 4500 are formed at both sides of the through hole 4301.
이러한 제 2블레이드(4300)의 내부에는 제 1블레이드(4400)이 상하 이동되게 장착된다.Inside the second blade 4300, the first blade 4400 is mounted to be moved up and down.
제 1블레이드(4400)은 원통형의 중공 형상으로 내부에는 피사체의 배율을 조절하는 다수개의 렌즈(미도시)가 삽입 장착된다. The first blade 4400 has a cylindrical hollow shape, and a plurality of lenses (not shown) for adjusting the magnification of the subject are inserted therein.
또한 제 1블레이드(4400)의 외주면에는 제 1코일부재(4410)가 장착된다.In addition, a first coil member 4410 is mounted on an outer circumferential surface of the first blade 4400.
제 1코일부재(4410)는 내부에 전류가 통하는 얇은 전선을 제 1블레이드(4400)의 외주면을 따라 권취한 것이다. The first coil member 4410 is wound around the outer circumferential surface of the first blade 4400 with a thin wire through which a current flows.
즉 제 1코일부재(4410)는 렌즈의 광축을 중심으로 회전하는 일방향으로 제 1블레이드(4400)의 외주면을 감싼다.That is, the first coil member 4410 surrounds the outer circumferential surface of the first blade 4400 in one direction that rotates about the optical axis of the lens.
이러한 제 1코일부재(4410)는 전원 인가시 주변에 제 1전자기장(미도시)을 형성하여 제 1블레이드(4400)을 상하 이동시킨다.The first coil member 4410 moves up and down the first blade 4400 by forming a first electromagnetic field (not shown) around when the power is applied.
한편 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면에는 제 2코일부재(4310)가 장착된다.On the other hand, the second coil member 4310 is mounted on the outer surface of the second blade 4300.
제 2코일부재(4310)는 내부에 전류가 통하는 얇은 전선을 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면과 수평하게 권취한 것으로 중공 원통형상으로 형성된다. The second coil member 4310 is wound around the outer surface of the second blade 4300 with a thin wire through which a current flows, and is formed in a hollow cylindrical shape.
또한 제 2코일부재(4310)는 한 쌍씩 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외주면에 마주보도록 장착된다.In addition, the second coil member 4310 is mounted to face the outer circumferential surface of the second blade 4300 in pairs.
즉 2개의 제 2코일부재(4310)가 서로 마주보는 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외주면에 각각 하나씩 배치되어 한 쌍을 이루며, 총 두 쌍의 제 2코일부재(4310)가 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외주면에 장착된다. That is, the two second coil members 4310 are arranged on the outer circumferential surface of the second blade 4300 facing each other one by one to form a pair, and a total of two pairs of the second coil members 4310 are the second blades 4300. It is mounted on the outer circumferential surface of the.
또한 제 2코일부재(4310)는 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면에 형성된 고정돌기(4302)에 삽입되게 장착된다.In addition, the second coil member 4310 is mounted to be inserted into the fixing protrusion 4302 formed on the outer surface of the second blade 4300.
즉 제 2코일부재(4310)의 가운데에 관통 형성된 중공부(4311)에 관통공(4301)의 양측에 형성된 2개의 고정돌기(4302)가 삽입되게 하여 제 2코일부재(4310)의 중공부(4311)가 관통공(4301)과 연통 되도록 한다. That is, the hollow part 4320 of the second coil member 4310 may be inserted into the hollow part 4311 formed in the center of the second coil member 4310 by inserting the two fixing protrusions 4302 formed on both sides of the through hole 4301. 4311 is in communication with the through hole 4301.
이러한 제 2코일부재(4310)는 전원 인가시 주변에 제 2전자기장(미도시)을 형성하여 제 2블레이드(4300)를 수평이동시킨다.The second coil member 4310 horizontally moves the second blade 4300 by forming a second electromagnetic field (not shown) around when the power is applied.
한편 마그네트(4500)는 하우징(4200)의 측면에 장착되어 제 2코일부재(4310)의 외측에 인접하게 배치된다.On the other hand, the magnet 4500 is mounted on the side of the housing 4200 and disposed adjacent to the outside of the second coil member 4310.
마그네트(4500)는 사각형 형상으로 상하로 2극 분리 착자되며, 하우징(4200)의 각 측면에 2개씩 총 8개로 이루어진다. The magnet 4500 is a two-pole separate magnet up and down in a rectangular shape, and consists of a total of eight two on each side of the housing 4200.
그리고 마그네트(4500)는 상하 분리된 하우징(4200)의 측면에 형성된 삽입홈(4210)에 삽입 장착된다.And the magnet 4500 is inserted into the insertion groove 4210 formed on the side of the housing 4200 is vertically separated.
이러한 삽입홈(4210)에는 마그네트(4500)가 하나씩 장착되어 마그네트(4500)가 상하로 분리 배치되도록 한다. The magnets 4500 are mounted one by one to the insertion grooves 4210 to allow the magnets 4500 to be separated up and down.
또한 마그네트(4500)는 제 1마그네트(4510)와 제 1마그네트(4510)의 하부에 배치되는 제 2마그네트(4520)로 이루어진다.In addition, the magnet 4500 includes a first magnet 4510 and a second magnet 4520 disposed below the first magnet 4510.
이러한 제 1마그네트(4510)와 제 2마그네트(4520) 사이에는 제 2요크(4600)가 장착된다.The second yoke 4600 is mounted between the first magnet 4510 and the second magnet 4520.
또한 제 1마그네트(4510)와 제 2마그네트(4520)는 제 2요크(4600)와 접하는 방향의 극성이 서로 같도록 배치한다.In addition, the first magnet 4510 and the second magnet 4520 are disposed to have the same polarity in the direction in contact with the second yoke 4600.
즉 제 2요크(4600)의 상측에 배치된 제 1마그네트(4510)의 하단이 N극이면, 제 2요크(4600)의 하측에 배치된 제 2마그네트(4520)의 상단도 N극이 된다. That is, when the lower end of the first magnet 4510 disposed above the second yoke 4600 is the N pole, the upper end of the second magnet 4520 disposed below the second yoke 4600 also becomes the N pole.
이와 같이 제 2요크(4600)와 접하는 마그네트(4500)의 극성을 서로 같도록 함으로써, 마그네트(4500)에 의해 발생하는 자기장이 제 2코일부재(4310)에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 2전자기장과 수평되게 한다. In this way, by making the polarities of the magnets 4500 in contact with the second yoke 4600 equal to each other, the magnetic field generated by the magnets 4500 is horizontal with the second electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the second coil member 4310. To be.
이러한 마그네트(4500) 사이에 장착되는 제 2요크(4600)는 사각형 형상으로 강자성체인 금속재질로 이루어진다.The second yoke 4600 mounted between the magnets 4500 may be formed of a metal material that is ferromagnetic in a rectangular shape.
구체적으로 제 2요크(4600)는 일단이 마그네트(4500) 사이에 배치되는데, 이때 마그네트(4500)와 접하여 자화된다.Specifically, one end of the second yoke 4600 is disposed between the magnets 4500, and the magnets are in contact with the magnets 4500.
또한 제 2요크(4600)는 타단이 제 2블레이드(4300) 방향으로 돌출 형성되며, 제 2코일부재(4310)를 관통하여 제 1코일부재(4410)와 인접한다.In addition, the other end of the second yoke 4600 is protruded in the direction of the second blade 4300 and penetrates through the second coil member 4310 and is adjacent to the first coil member 4410.
즉 제 2요크(4600)의 타단은 제 2코일부재(4310)가 삽입된 제 2블레이드(4300)의 고정돌기(4302) 사이를 통해 제 2코일부재(4310)의 중공부(4311)에 삽입 관통되고, 중공부(4311)와 연통된 제 2블레이드(4300)의 관통공(4301)을 지나 제 1코일부재(4410)와 인접한다. That is, the other end of the second yoke 4600 is inserted into the hollow portion 4311 of the second coil member 4310 through the fixing protrusion 4302 of the second blade 4300 in which the second coil member 4310 is inserted. It penetrates through the through-hole 4301 of the second blade 4300 in communication with the hollow portion 4311 and is adjacent to the first coil member 4410.
이와 같이 제 2요크(4600)를 제 2코일부재(4310)에 삽입 관통시킴으로써, 마그네트(4500)에 의해 발생하는 자기장을 제 2요크(4600)를 통해 제 2코일부재(4310)까지 유도되게 할 수 있다. By inserting the second yoke 4600 into the second coil member 4310, the magnetic field generated by the magnet 4500 can be guided to the second coil member 4310 through the second yoke 4600. Can be.
또한 제 2요크(4600)를 제 2블레이드(4300)의 관통공(4301)에 관통 삽입함으로써, 제 2요크(4600)가 제 2코일부재(4310)를 지나 제 1코일부재(4410)와 인접하도록 할 수 있다. In addition, the second yoke 4600 is inserted into the through hole 4301 of the second blade 4300 so that the second yoke 4600 passes through the second coil member 4310 and is adjacent to the first coil member 4410. You can do that.
한편 제 1요크(4900)는 사각형 형상으로 두께가 제 2요크(4600)보다 얇고, 너비는 마그네트(4500)의 너비보다 크게 형성된다.On the other hand, the first yoke 4900 has a rectangular shape, the thickness is thinner than the second yoke 4600, the width is formed larger than the width of the magnet 4500.
또한 제 1요크(4900)는 다수개로 이루어져 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상부에 각각 하나씩 배치되며, 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상면에 고정 장착된다.In addition, the first yoke 4900 is composed of a plurality of one is disposed on each of the upper portion of the first magnet 4510, it is fixedly mounted on the upper surface of the first magnet 4510.
본 제 5실시예에서는 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상단이 S극 하단이 N극이 되도록 배치하였고, 제 1요크(4900)를 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상단에 위치한 S극의 상부에 장착하였다.In the fifth embodiment, the upper end of the first magnet 4510 is disposed so that the lower end of the S pole is the N pole, and the first yoke 4900 is mounted on the upper part of the S pole located at the upper end of the first magnet 4510. .
이러한 제 1요크(4900)는 제 1마그네트(4510)의 하단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 제 1코일부재(4410) 및/또는 제 2코일부재(4310)를 거쳐 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상단인 S극으로 귀환하도록 유도한다.The first yoke 4900 has a magnetic force line generated at the north pole of the first magnet 4510 via the first coil member 4410 and / or the second coil member 4310 and the upper end of the first magnet 4510. To return to the S pole.
이와 같이 제 1마그네트(4510)의 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 제 1코일부재(4410) 및/또는 제 2코일부재(4310)를 거처 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상부에 장착된 제 1요크(4900)에 의해 S극으로 귀환하도록 함으로써, 제 1마그네트(4510)에서 발생한 자기력선이 외부로 분산되는 것을 방지하여 제 1마그네트(4510)의 자기장 세기를 증가시키고, 이로 인해 제 1코일부재(4410) 및/또는 제 2코일부재(4310)의 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다.As such, the magnetic force lines generated at the N poles of the first magnet 4510 pass through the first coil member 4410 and / or the second coil member 4310 to the first yoke 4900 mounted on the first magnet 4510. By returning to the S pole by), the magnetic force lines generated in the first magnet 4510 is prevented from being dispersed to the outside, thereby increasing the magnetic field strength of the first magnet 4510, thereby increasing the first coil member 4410 and And / or improves the driving force of the second coil member 4310.
물론 경우에 따라 제 1요크(4900)는 제 2마그네트(4520)의 하부에 배치될 수도 있고, 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상부와 제 2마그네트(4520)의 하부에 모두 배치될 수도 있다.Of course, in some cases, the first yoke 4900 may be disposed under the second magnet 4520, or may be disposed under both the upper part of the first magnet 4510 and the lower part of the second magnet 4520.
그리고 경우에 따라 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상단이 N극 하단이 S극이 되도록 배치할 수도 있다.In some cases, the upper end of the first magnet 4510 may be disposed such that the lower end of the N pole becomes the S pole.
또한 제 1요크(4900)는 제 1코일부재(4410) 방향으로 돌출된다.In addition, the first yoke 4900 protrudes in the direction of the first coil member 4410.
다시 말해 제 1요크(4900)는 제 1마그네트(4510)의 S극, 즉 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상부에서 제 1코일부재(4410) 방향, 즉 외측방향으로 직선 돌출되며, 돌출방향의 끝단은 제 1코일부재(4410) 보다 안쪽에 배치된다.In other words, the first yoke 4900 protrudes linearly in the direction of the first coil member 4410, that is, outward from the S pole of the first magnet 4510, that is, the first magnet 4510. Is disposed inside the first coil member 4410.
이러한 제 1요크(4900)는 제 1마그네트(4510)의 하단인 N극에서 발생하여 제 1코일부재(4410)를 거친 자기력선을 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상단인 S극에 보다 잘 귀환하도록 유도한다.The first yoke 4900 is generated at the north pole of the lower end of the first magnet 4510 to induce a magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 4410 to be better returned to the south pole of the first magnet 4510. do.
이와 같이 제 1요크(4900)는 제 1코일부재(4410) 방향으로 돌출됨으로써, 제 1요크(4900)를 제 1코일부재(4410)에 근접시켜 제 1마그네트(4510)로 귀환되는 제 1마그네트(4510)의 자기력선을 증가시키고, 이로 인해 제 1마그네트(4510)의 자기장 세기가 커져 제 1코일부재(4410)의 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다. As such, the first yoke 4900 protrudes in the direction of the first coil member 4410, thereby bringing the first yoke 4900 close to the first coil member 4410 and returning to the first magnet 4510. The magnetic force line of the 4510 is increased, thereby increasing the magnetic field strength of the first magnet 4510, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 4410.
한편 제 1탄성부재(4420)는 제 1블레이드(4400)의 하단에 장착되어 제 1블레이드(4400)을 상하방향으로 탄성 지지한다.Meanwhile, the first elastic member 4420 is mounted on the lower end of the first blade 4400 to elastically support the first blade 4400 in the vertical direction.
구체적으로 제 1탄성부재(4420)는 제 2블레이드(4300)와 수평한 얇은 판 재질로 이루어지며, 표면이 금속재질로 도금되어 전기가 통하도록 형성된다. In detail, the first elastic member 4420 is made of a thin plate material horizontal to the second blade 4300, and the surface of the first elastic member 4420 is plated with a metal material so as to conduct electricity.
또한 제 1탄성부재(4420)는 제 1블레이드(4400)에 고정되는 제 1고정부(4421)와, 제 2블레이드(4300)에 고정되는 제 2고정부(4422) 및 제 1고정부(4421)와 제 2고정부(4422) 사이에 형성되어 제 1블레이드(4400)의 상하 이동시 수축 또는 이완되는 탄성부(4423)로 이루어진다. In addition, the first elastic member 4420 may include a first fixing part 4421 fixed to the first blade 4400, a second fixing part 4422 and a first fixing part 4421 fixed to the second blade 4300. And an elastic part 4423 formed between the second fixing part 4422 and contracting or relaxing when the first blade 4400 moves up and down.
이러한 제 1탄성부재(4420)는 전원단자(4430)와 연결되어 전원단자(4430)로 부터 전원을 공급받으며, 제 1코일부재(4410)와도 전기적으로 통하게 연결되어 전원단자(4430)로부터 인가된 전원을 제 1코일부재(4410)에 전달한다.The first elastic member 4420 is connected to the power supply terminal 4430 to receive power from the power supply terminal 4430, and is also electrically connected to the first coil member 4410 and applied from the power supply terminal 4430. Power is transmitted to the first coil member 4410.
전원단자(4430)는 제 1탄성부재(4420)와는 반대로 제 2블레이드(4300)와 수직한 얇은 판 재질로 이루어진다. The power supply terminal 4430 is made of a thin plate material perpendicular to the second blade 4300 as opposed to the first elastic member 4420.
구체적으로 전원단자(4430)는 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면과 평행하게 형성되는 제 1연장부(4431)와, 제 1연장부(4431)로부터 절곡 형성된 제 2연장부(4432)를 포함하여 이루어진다.Specifically, the power supply terminal 4430 includes a first extension portion 4431 formed in parallel with the outer surface of the second blade 4300, and a second extension portion 4432 formed from the first extension portion 4431. It is done by
즉 전원단자(4430)는 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면과 수평한 얇은 판이 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면을 따라 절곡된 형상으로 형성된다.That is, the power supply terminal 4430 is formed in a shape in which a thin plate horizontal to the outer surface of the second blade 4300 is bent along the outer surface of the second blade 4300.
이와 같이 제 1탄성부재(4420)와 연결된 전원단자(4430)는 제 1연장부(4431)로부터 절곡 형성된 제 2연장부(4432)를 포함하여 이루어짐으로써, 제 2블레이드(4300)의 수평 이동시 수축 또는 이완되어 전원단자(4430)에 의해 제 2블레이드(4300)에 가해지는 외력을 최소화시킨다. As described above, the power supply terminal 4430 connected to the first elastic member 4420 includes the second extension part 4432 formed from the first extension part 4431, and thus contracts when the second blade 4300 moves horizontally. Or it is relaxed to minimize the external force applied to the second blade (4300) by the power supply terminal (4430).
제 1블레이드(4400)과 마찬가지로 제 2블레이드(4300)에는 제 2블레이드(4300)를 수평방향으로 탄성 지지하는 제 2탄성부재(4320)가 장착된다.  Similar to the first blade 4400, the second blade 4300 is equipped with a second elastic member 4320 to elastically support the second blade 4300 in the horizontal direction.
제 2탄성부재(4320)는 얇고 긴 와이어 선으로 이루어지며, 상단이 하우징(4200)의 상측에 장착 고정되고, 하단이 제 2블레이드(4300)의 하측 장착된다.  The second elastic member 4320 is made of a thin long wire line, the upper end is fixed to the upper side of the housing 4200, the lower end is mounted below the second blade 4300.
또한 제 2탄성부재(4320)는 전기가 통하는 금속재질로 이루어지며, 제 2코일부재(4310)와 연결되어 제 2코일부재(4310)에 전원을 전달하는 기능을 한다.In addition, the second elastic member 4320 is made of an electrically conductive metal material, and is connected to the second coil member 4310 to transmit power to the second coil member 4310.
이와 같이 제 2블레이드(4300)를 탄성지지하는 제 2탄성부재(4320)를 제 2코일부재(4310)와 연결하여 제 2코일부재(4310)에 전원을 전달함으로써, 별도의 전원전달 수단 없이 제 2코일부재(4310)에 전원을 공급하여 부품 수를 줄이고, 조립을 용이하게 하는 효과가 있다. As such, the second elastic member 4320 elastically supporting the second blade 4300 is connected to the second coil member 4310 to transfer power to the second coil member 4310, thereby eliminating a separate power transmission means. Supplying power to the 2 coil member 4310 has the effect of reducing the number of parts, and easy assembly.
또한 제 2탄성부재(4320)는 다수개로 이루어지는데, 제 2블레이드(4300)에 상호 대칭되는 4 곳에 하나씩 장착되어 제 2블레이드(4300)가 수평을 유지할 수 있게 지지한다. In addition, the second elastic member 4320 is composed of a plurality of, it is mounted on one of four places symmetrical to the second blade 4300 to support the second blade 4300 to maintain the horizontal.
이때 제 2탄성부재(4320)는 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면에 장착된 제 2코일부재(4310)와 연결되어 전원을 전달하는데, 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면에 한 쌍씩 마주보도록 장착된 제 2코일부재(4310)에 동일한 전원이 인가되도록 한다. At this time, the second elastic member 4320 is connected to the second coil member 4310 mounted on the outer surface of the second blade 4300 to transfer power, so as to face a pair of outer surfaces of the second blade 4300. The same power is applied to the mounted second coil member 4310.
즉 제 2블레이드(4300)의 수평이동시 제 2블레이드(4300)의 이동선 상에 배치된 2개의 제 2코일부재(4310)에 동일한 전원이 인가되도록 한다.That is, when the second blade 4300 moves horizontally, the same power is applied to the two second coil members 4310 disposed on the moving line of the second blade 4300.
이와 같이 제 2블레이드(4300)의 외측면에 서로 마주보게 한 쌍씩 장착된 제 2코일부재(4310)에 동일한 전원을 인가함으로써, 제 2블레이드(4300)의 수평 이동시 제 2블레이드(4300)에 동일한 방향의 힘이 부가되도록 하여 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다. Thus, by applying the same power to the second coil member 4310 mounted in pairs to face each other on the outer surface of the second blade 4300, the same as the second blade 4300 during the horizontal movement of the second blade 4300 The force in the direction is added to improve the driving force.
위 구성에 따른 제 4실시예의 작동 상태에 대해 상세히 설명한다The operating state of the fourth embodiment according to the above configuration will be described in detail.
도 24 내지 도 26은 도 21의 B-B에서 바라본 영상 촬영 장치의 작동 상태도이며, 도 27은 도 21의 C-C에서 바라본 전원단자의 작동 상태도이다.24 to 26 are operation state diagrams of the image photographing apparatus as viewed from B-B of FIG. 21, and FIG. 27 is an operation state diagram of the power supply terminal as seen from C-C of FIG.
도 24에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1코일부재(4410)와 제 2코일부재(4310)에 전원이 인가되기 전 제 1블레이드(4400)과 제 2블레이드(4300)는 제 1탄성부재(4420)와 제 2탄성부재(4320)에 의해 지지 되고 있으므로 임의로 이동되지 않는다.As shown in FIG. 24, before the power is applied to the first coil member 4410 and the second coil member 4310, the first blade 4400 and the second blade 4300 may be formed of the first elastic member 4420. Since it is supported by the second elastic member 4320, it does not move arbitrarily.
또한 제 1탄성부재(4420)는 수평 상태를 유지하고 있으며, 제 2탄성부재(4320)는 수직 상태를 유지하고 있다. In addition, the first elastic member 4420 maintains a horizontal state, and the second elastic member 4320 maintains a vertical state.
도 25는 제 1코일부재(4410)에 전원을 인가했을 때의 작동 상태를 나타낸 것이다.25 illustrates an operation state when power is applied to the first coil member 4410.
도 25에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1코일부재(4410)에 전원이 인가되면 제 1코일부재(4410)의 주변에 제 1전자기장이 형성되고, 제 1전자기장은 마그네트(4500)에서 발생하여 제 2요크(4600)를 통해 유도된 자기장과의 상호 작용에 의해 제 1블레이드(4400)을 상승시킨다. As shown in FIG. 25, when power is applied to the first coil member 4410, a first electromagnetic field is formed around the first coil member 4410, and the first electromagnetic field is generated from the magnet 4500 to generate a second yoke. The first blade 4400 is raised by the interaction with the magnetic field induced through the 4600.
이때 제 1요크(4900)는 제 1마그네트(4510)의 하단인 N극에서 발생하는 자기력선이 제 1코일부재(4410)를 거쳐 제 1마그네트(4510)의 상단인 S극에 귀환하도록 유도한다.At this time, the first yoke 4900 induces a line of magnetic force generated at the north pole of the first magnet 4510 to return to the south pole of the top of the first magnet 4510 via the first coil member 4410.
그리고 제 1블레이드(4400)은 상승하면서 제 1탄성부재(4420)를 상방향으로 이완시킨다.Then, the first blade 4400 ascends and relaxes the first elastic member 4420 in the upward direction.
이때 제 2블레이드(4300)는 제 2탄성부재(4320)에 의해 지지되어 상승하지 않는다.At this time, the second blade 4300 is supported by the second elastic member 4320 does not rise.
한편 제 1코일부재(4410)에 인가되는 전원의 방향이 반대가 되면 제 1코일부재(4410)에서 발생하는 제 1전자기장의 방향이 반대가 되면서 제 1블레이드(4400)은 하강하게 된다.On the other hand, when the direction of the power applied to the first coil member 4410 is reversed, the first blade 4400 is lowered while the direction of the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 4410 is reversed.
이때 제 1탄성부재(4420)의 탄성 복원력에 의해 제 1블레이드(4400)은 초기 위치로 이동하며, 임의로 상승하지 않도록 탄성 지지된다.At this time, the first blade 4400 moves to an initial position by the elastic restoring force of the first elastic member 4420 and is elastically supported so as not to be arbitrarily raised.
도 26은 제 2코일부재(4310)에 전원을 인가했을 때의 작동 상태를 나타낸 것이다.FIG. 26 illustrates an operating state when power is applied to the second coil member 4310.
도 26에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2코일부재(4310)에 전원이 인가되면 제 2코일부재(4310)의 주변에 제 2전자기장이 형성되고, 제 2전자기장은 마그네트(4500)에서 발생하여 제 2요크(4600)를 통해 유도된 자기장과의 상호 작용에 의해 제 2블레이드(4300)를 좌측으로 수평 이동시킨다.As shown in FIG. 26, when power is applied to the second coil member 4310, a second electromagnetic field is formed around the second coil member 4310, and the second electromagnetic field is generated from the magnet 4500 to generate the second yoke. The second blade 4300 is horizontally moved to the left by interaction with the magnetic field induced through the 4600.
제 2블레이드(4300)는 좌측으로 이동하면서 제 2탄성부재(4320)를 좌측 방향으로 이완시켜 기울어지게 한다. The second blade 4300 relaxes and tilts the second elastic member 4320 in the left direction while moving to the left.
또한 제 2블레이드(4300)에 장착된 제 1블레이드(4400)과 제 1탄성부재(4420)도 함께 좌측으로 수평 이동하게 된다.In addition, the first blade 4400 and the first elastic member 4420 mounted on the second blade 4300 also move horizontally to the left side.
이 때 도 27에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1탄성부재(4420)와 연결된 전원단자(4430)는 제 2블레이드(4300)와 간섭되는 외력을 최소화하기 위해 수축 또는 이완되면서 힘을 분산 시킨다.At this time, as shown in FIG. 27, the power supply terminal 4430 connected to the first elastic member 4420 distributes the force while contracting or relaxing to minimize the external force that interferes with the second blade 4300.
즉, 도 27(a)에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2블레이드(4300)가 이동되기 전에는 제 1연장부(4431)와 제 2연장부(4432)가 서로 직각을 이루고 있으며, 도 27(b)에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2블레이드(4300)가 좌측으로 이동하면 제 1연장부(4431)와 제 2연장부(4432)가 서로 수축 또는 이완되면서 힘이 분산되도록 한다.That is, as shown in FIG. 27A, before the second blade 4300 is moved, the first extension part 4431 and the second extension part 4432 form a right angle with each other. As shown in the drawing, when the second blade 4300 moves to the left side, the first extension part 4431 and the second extension part 4432 are contracted or relaxed with each other to distribute the force.
이와 같이 마그네트(4500)에 의해 발생하는 자기장을 제 2요크(4600)를 통해 제 1전자기장 및 제 2전자기장과 모두 상호작용을 이루도록 함으로써, 제 1블레이드(4400)의 상하이동과 제 2블레이드(4300)의 수평이동을 위한 마그네트(4500)를 일체화시켜 부품 수를 줄이고, 조립을 용이하게 하며, 전체적인 크기를 축소시키는 효과가 있다. As such, the magnetic field generated by the magnet 4500 interacts with both the first electromagnetic field and the second electromagnetic field through the second yoke 4600, and thus, the shanghai-dong and the second blade 4300 of the first blade 4400. Integrating the magnet (4500) for the horizontal movement of the) reduces the number of parts, facilitates assembly, there is an effect of reducing the overall size.
이하에서는 본 발명의 제 5실시예를 설명한다.Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described.
도 28은 본 발명의 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 사시도이며, 도 29는 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 일방향 분해 사시도이고, 도 30은 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 타방향 분해 사시도이다.FIG. 28 is a perspective view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 29 is a one-way exploded perspective view of an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function according to a fifth embodiment. 30 is an exploded perspective view of another direction of the image photographing apparatus with the shake correction function according to the fifth embodiment.
도 28 내지 도 30에 도시된 바와 같이 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치는 하우징, 제 1블레이드(5200), 제 1코일부재(5250), 제 2블레이드(5300), 제 2코일부재(5350), 마그네트(5500), 제 1요크(5900), 제 2요크(5600), 제 1탄성부재(5700) 및 제 2탄성부재(5800)를 포함하여 이루어지며, 하우징은 제 2블레이드(5100), 커버(5150) 및 베이스(5400)를 포함하여 이루어진다.28 to 30, the image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function according to the fifth embodiment includes a housing, a first blade 5200, a first coil member 5250, a second blade 5300, The second coil member 5350, the magnet 5500, the first yoke 5900, the second yoke 5600, the first elastic member 5700, and the second elastic member 5800 are formed. The second blade 5100, the cover 5150, and the base 5400 are included.
하우징은 육면체 형상으로 상하단이 개방 형성되며, 내부에 제 1블레이드(5200)가 상하 이동되게 장착된다. The housing has an hexahedral shape, the upper and lower ends of which are opened, and the first blade 5200 is mounted to move vertically therein.
또한 하우징의 상측에는 제 1탄성부재(5700)와 커버(5150)가 장착되고, 하측에는 베이스(5400)가 장착 고정된다.In addition, the first elastic member 5700 and the cover 5150 is mounted on the upper side of the housing, and the base 5400 is fixed to the lower side.
커버(5150)는 사각형 형상으로 중심부가 상하 개방 형성되어 렌즈의 입사광이 통과하도록 한다. The cover 5150 has a rectangular shape and has a central portion open upward and downward to allow incident light of the lens to pass therethrough.
제 1블레이드(5200)는 육면체 형상으로 하단이 개방 형성되고, 상단에는 렌즈(미도시)의 입사광이 통과하는 개구홀(5210)이 형성되며, 외측에는 제 1코일부재(5250)가 장착된다. The first blade 5200 has a hexahedral shape, the lower end of which is open, an opening hole 5210 through which incident light from a lens (not shown) passes, and a first coil member 5250 is mounted on an outer side of the first blade 5200.
또한 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상부에는 후술하는 바와 같이 제 1요크(5900)가 삽입 관통되는 관통홀(5220)이 형성된다.In addition, a through hole 5220 through which the first yoke 5900 is inserted is formed at an upper portion of the first blade 5200.
관통홀(5220)은 사각형 형상으로 너비가 제 1요크(5900)의 너비보다 크고, 다수개로 이루어져 개구홀(5210)을 중심으로 상호 대칭되게 배치된다. The through-hole 5220 has a square shape, the width of which is larger than the width of the first yoke 5900, and consists of a plurality of through-holes 5210 to be symmetrically arranged about the opening hole 5210.
제 1코일부재(5250)는 내부에 전류가 흐르는 얇은 전선으로, 제 1블레이드(5200)의 외측면을 중심으로 권취된다. The first coil member 5250 is a thin wire through which a current flows, and is wound around the outer surface of the first blade 5200.
이때 제 1블레이드(5200)의 외측 모서리부는 모따기 처리되어 제 1코일부재(5250)가 파손되는 것을 방지한다.At this time, the outer edge portion of the first blade 5200 is chamfered to prevent the first coil member 5250 from being damaged.
또한 제 1블레이드(5200)의 내부에는 제 2탄성부재(5800)에 의해 제 2블레이드(5300)가 수평방향으로 이동되게 장착된다.In addition, the second blade 5300 is mounted in the first blade 5200 to be moved in the horizontal direction by the second elastic member 5800.
제 2블레이드(5300)는 육면체 형상으로 중심부가 상하 개방 형성되어 내부에 렌즈가 삽입 배치된다. The second blade 5300 has a hexahedron shape, the center of which is vertically open, and a lens is inserted therein.
또한 제 2블레이드(5300)의 측면에는 제 2코일부재(5350)가 장착된다.In addition, a second coil member 5350 is mounted on a side surface of the second blade 5300.
제 2코일부재(5350)는 내부에 전류가 흐르는 얇은 전선으로 제 1코일부재(5250)의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 권취되며, 원형의 중공형상으로 형성된다. The second coil member 5350 is a thin wire having a current flowing therein and is wound in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member 5250, and is formed in a circular hollow shape.
이러한 제 2코일부재(5350)는 제 2블레이드(5300)의 측면에 총 4개가 장착되며, 렌즈의 광축을 중심으로 상호 대칭되게 배치된다.A total of four second coil members 5350 are mounted on side surfaces of the second blade 5300, and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the optical axis of the lens.
한편 베이스(5400)는 제 2블레이드(5300)의 하측에 장착되며, 사각형 형상으로 중심부가 상하 개방 형성된다.On the other hand, the base 5400 is mounted to the lower side of the second blade 5300, the center is formed in the top and bottom open in a rectangular shape.
이러한 베이스(5400)의 상측에는 마그네트(5500), 제 1요크(5900) 및 제 2요크(5600)가 장착 고정된다The magnet 5500, the first yoke 5900, and the second yoke 5600 are mounted and fixed to an upper side of the base 5400.
마그네트(5500)는 육면체 형상으로 다수개로 이루어지며, 제 1블레이드(5200)를 중심으로 상호 대칭되게 배치된다. The magnets 5500 are formed of a plurality of cubes, and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the first blade 5200.
또한 마그네트(5500)는 제 1블레이드(5200)와 제 2블레이드(5300) 사이에 장착되며, 일면이 제 1코일부재(5250) 방향으로 배치되고 타면이 제 2코일부재(5350) 방향으로 배치된다.In addition, the magnet 5500 is mounted between the first blade 5200 and the second blade 5300, one side of which is disposed in the direction of the first coil member 5250, and the other side of the magnet 5500 is disposed in the direction of the second coil member 5350. .
즉 도 31에 도시된 바와 같이 마그네트(5500)의 일면은 제 1블레이드(5200)의 내측면과 마주보게 배치되어 제 1블레이드(5200)의 외측면에 장착된 제 1코일부재(5250)와 인접하고, 마그네트(5500)의 타면은 제 2코일부재(5350)와 마주보게 배치되어 제 2코일부재(5350)와 인접한다.That is, as shown in FIG. 31, one surface of the magnet 5500 is disposed to face the inner surface of the first blade 5200 and adjacent to the first coil member 5250 mounted on the outer surface of the first blade 5200. The other surface of the magnet 5500 is disposed to face the second coil member 5350 to be adjacent to the second coil member 5350.
이와 같이 마그네트(5500)는 일면이 제 1코일부재(5250) 방향으로 배치되고 타면이 제 2코일부재(5350) 방향으로 배치되어 베이스(5400)에 장착 고정됨으로써, 제 1코일부재(5250)와 마그네트(5500)의 간격이 축소되어 전체적인 구조와 크기를 간소화시키는 효과가 있다. As described above, the magnet 5500 has one surface disposed in the direction of the first coil member 5250 and the other surface disposed in the direction of the second coil member 5350 to be mounted and fixed to the base 5400. The spacing of the magnets 5500 is reduced, thereby simplifying the overall structure and size.
또한 마그네트(5500)는 제 1블레이드(5200)의 측면에 각각 2개씩 총 8개로 이루어지며, 후술하는 바와 같이 제 2요크(5600)의 상면과 접하는 제 1마그네트(5510)와 제 2요크(5600)의 하면과 접하는 제 2마그네트(5520)로 이루어진다.In addition, the magnet 5500 is composed of eight pieces each of two on the side of the first blade 5200, and the first magnet 5510 and the second yoke 5600 which are in contact with the upper surface of the second yoke 5600, as described below. The second magnet 5520 in contact with the lower surface of the ().
제 1마그네트(5510)와 제 2마그네트(5520)의 극성은 각각 상하 방향으로 형성되며, 제 2요크(5600)를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 배치된다. Polarities of the first magnets 5510 and the second magnets 5520 are formed in the vertical direction, respectively, and the polarities of the first magnets 5510 and the second magnets 5520 are vertically symmetric with respect to the second yoke 5600.
즉 제 2요크(5600)의 상면과 접하는 제 1마그네트(5510)의 극성이 상방향으로 S극, 하방향으로 N극이 배치되며, 제 2요크(5600)의 하면과 접하는 제 2마그네트(5520)의 극성은 상방향으로 N극, 하방향으로 S극이 배치된다.That is, the polarity of the first magnet 5510 in contact with the upper surface of the second yoke 5600 is S pole in the upper direction, the N pole is disposed in the lower direction, the second magnet 5520 in contact with the lower surface of the second yoke 5600. ) Poles are arranged in the north pole and the south pole in the downward direction.
제 1요크(5900)는 사각형 형상으로 두께는 제 2요크(5600)보다 얇고, 너비는 마그네트(5500)의 너비보다 넓게 형성된다. The first yoke 5900 has a rectangular shape, the thickness of which is thinner than that of the second yoke 5600, and the width of the first yoke 5900 is wider than that of the magnet 5500.
또한 제 1요크(5900)는 다수개로 이루어져 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상부에 각각 하나씩 배치되며, 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상면에 고정 장착된다.In addition, the first yoke (5900) is composed of a plurality of one is disposed on top of each of the first magnet (5510), it is fixedly mounted on the upper surface of the first magnet (5510).
본 실시예에서는 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상단이 S극 하단이 N극으로 되도록 배치하였고, 제 1요크(5900)를 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상단에 위치한 S극의 상부에 장착하였다.In this embodiment, the upper end of the first magnet (5510) is arranged so that the lower end of the S pole to the N pole, the first yoke (5900) was mounted on top of the S pole located on the upper end of the first magnet (5510).
이러한 제 1요크(5900)는 제 1마그네트(5510)의 하단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 제 1코일부재(5250) 및/또는 제 2코일부재(5350)를 거쳐 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상단인 S극으로 귀환하도록 유도한다.The first yoke 5900 has a magnetic force line generated at the north pole of the first magnet 5510 through the first coil member 5250 and / or the second coil member 5350 and the upper end of the first magnet 5510. To return to the S pole.
이와 같이 제 1마그네트(5510)의 하단인 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 제 1코일부재(5250) 또는 제 2코일부재(5350)를 거처 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상부에 장착된 제 1요크(5900)에 의해 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상단인 S극으로 귀환하도록 함으로써, 제 1마그네트(5510)에서 발생한 자기력선이 외부로 분산되는 것을 방지하여 제 1마그네트(5510)의 자기장 세기를 증가시키고, 이로인해 제 1코일부재(5250)와 제 2코일부재(5350)의 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다.As such, the magnetic force lines generated at the N pole, which is the lower end of the first magnet 5510, are mounted on the first magnet 5510 or the first coil 5510 via the first coil member 5250 or the second coil member 5350. By returning to the S pole, which is the upper end of the first magnet (5510), by increasing the magnetic field strength of the first magnet (5510) by preventing the magnetic force lines generated in the first magnet (5510) to be dispersed to the outside, Therefore, there is an effect of improving the driving force of the first coil member 5250 and the second coil member 5350.
물론 경우에 따라 제 1요크(5900)는 제 2마그네트(5520)의 하부에 배치될 수도 있고, 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상부와 제 2마그네트(5520)의 하부에 모두 배치될 수도 있다.Of course, in some cases, the first yoke 5900 may be disposed under the second magnet 5520, or may be disposed under both the upper part of the first magnet 5510 and the lower part of the second magnet 5520.
그리고 경우에 따라 제 1마그네트(5510)의 하단이 S극 상단이 N극이 되도록 배치할 수도 있다.In some cases, the lower end of the first magnet 5510 may be arranged such that the upper end of the S pole is the N pole.
또한 제 1요크(5900)는 제 1코일부재(5250) 방향으로 돌출된다.In addition, the first yoke 5900 protrudes in the direction of the first coil member 5250.
다시 말해 제 1요크(5900)는 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상부에서 제 1코일부재(5250) 방향, 즉 외측방향으로 일직선을 돌출되며, 돌출방향의 끝단은 제 1코일부재(5250) 보다 안쪽에 배치된다.In other words, the first yoke 5900 protrudes in a straight line in the direction of the first coil member 5250, that is, outward from the upper portion of the first magnet 5510, and an end of the first yoke 5900 is inward of the first coil member 5250. Is placed on.
이러한 제 1요크(5900)는 제 1마그네트(5510)의 하단인 N극에서 발생하여 제 1코일부재(5250)를 거친 자기력선을 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상단인 S극에 보다 잘 귀환하도록 유도한다.The first yoke 5900 is generated at the N pole, which is the lower end of the first magnet 5510, to induce a magnetic force line passing through the first coil member 5250 to be better returned to the S pole, which is the upper end of the first magnet 5510. do.
이와 같이 제 1요크(5900)는 제 1코일부재(5250) 방향으로 돌출됨으로써, 제 1요크(5900)를 제 1코일부재(5250)에 근접시켜 제 1마그네트(5510)로 귀환하는 자기력선을 증가시키고, 이로 인해 제 1마그네트(5510)의 자기장 세기가 커져 제 1코일부재(5250)의 구동력을 향상시키는 효과가 있다. As such, the first yoke 5900 protrudes in the direction of the first coil member 5250, thereby increasing the magnetic force line that returns the first yoke 5900 to the first coil member 5250 and returns to the first magnet 5510. As a result, the magnetic field strength of the first magnet 5510 is increased, thereby improving the driving force of the first coil member 5250.
제 2요크(5600)는 육면체 형상으로 자성체 재질로 이루어지며, 상면이 제 1마그네트(5510)와 접하고 하면이 제 2마그네트(5520)와 접하여 베이스(5400)의 상측에 장착 고정된다 The second yoke 5600 is made of a magnetic material having a hexahedron shape, and the upper surface is in contact with the first magnet 5510 and the lower surface is fixed to the upper side of the base 5400 by contact with the second magnet 5520.
또한 제 2요크(5600)는 제 1블레이드(5200)의 측면에 각각 1개씩 총 4개로 이루어진다.In addition, the second yoke 5600 includes four in total, one on each side of the first blade 5200.
이러한 제 2요크(5600)는 도 31에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1블레이드(5200)와 제 2블레이드(5300) 사이에 배치되며, 일면이 제 1코일부재(5250) 방향으로 배치되어 제 1코일부재(5250)와 인접하고, 타면이 제 2코일부재(5350) 방향으로 배치되어 제 2코일부재(5350)와 인접한다.As shown in FIG. 31, the second yoke 5600 is disposed between the first blade 5200 and the second blade 5300, and one surface of the second yoke 5600 is disposed in the direction of the first coil member 5250. 5250, the other surface thereof is disposed in the direction of the second coil member 5350 to adjoin the second coil member 5350.
이와 같이 마그네트(5500)는 제 2요크(5600)를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 배치되고, 제 2요크(5600)는 일면이 제 1코일부재(5250) 방향으로 배치되며, 타면이 제 2코일부재(5350) 방향으로 배치됨으로써, 전체적인 구조를 간소화시키고, 마그네트(5500)의 자기장이 제 1코일부재(5250)와 제 2코일부재(5350)에 충분히 전달되어 제 1블레이드(5200)와 제 2블레이드(5300)의 이동이 원활하게 이루어지도록 한다.As described above, the magnet 5500 has the polarity of the second yoke 5600 disposed up and down symmetrically, and one side of the second yoke 5600 is disposed in the direction of the first coil member 5250, and the other side thereof has the second coil. By disposing in the direction of the member 5350, the overall structure is simplified, and the magnetic field of the magnet 5500 is sufficiently transmitted to the first coil member 5250 and the second coil member 5350 so that the first blade 5200 and the second are The blade 5300 moves smoothly.
또한 제 2요크(5600)에는 제 2코일부재(5350) 방향으로 돌출되어 제 2코일부재(5350)의 중심부에 삽입되는 자기유도돌기(5610)가 형성된다.In addition, the second yoke 5600 is provided with a magnetic induction protrusion 5610 protruding in the direction of the second coil member 5350 and inserted into the center of the second coil member 5350.
자기유도돌기(5610)는 사각형 형상으로 제 2요크(5600)의 너비보다 작게 형성되고, 제 2코일부재(5350)의 중심부에 삽입되어 제 2코일부재(5350)의 내측면과 인접한다. The magnetic induction protrusion 5610 is formed in a rectangular shape smaller than the width of the second yoke 5600 and is inserted into the center of the second coil member 5350 to be adjacent to the inner surface of the second coil member 5350.
이러한 자기유도돌기(5610)는 제 2요크(5600)의 상하측에 배치된 마그네트(5500)에서 발생하는 자기장을 제 2코일부재(5350) 방향으로 유도하는 기능을 한다.The magnetic induction protrusion 5610 induces a magnetic field generated in the magnet 5500 disposed above and below the second yoke 5600 toward the second coil member 5350.
이와 같이 제 2요크(5600)에 제 2코일부재(5350) 방향으로 돌출되어 제 2코일부재(5350)의 중심부에 삽입되는 자기유도돌기(5610)를 형성함으로써, 마그네트(5500)의 자기장이 제 2코일부재(5350) 방향으로 잘 유도되게 한다.As such, the magnetic field of the magnet 5500 is formed by forming the magnetic induction protrusion 5610 protruding toward the second coil member 5350 in the second yoke 5600 to be inserted into the center of the second coil member 5350. It is well guided in the direction of the two coil member (5350).
또한 제 2요크(5600)의 상면과 접하는 제 1마그네트(5510)는 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상측면과 비슷한 높이로 배치되어 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상측에 형성된 관통홀(5220)에 삽입된다.In addition, the first magnet 5510 in contact with the upper surface of the second yoke 5600 is disposed at a height similar to the upper surface of the first blade 5200 and inserted into the through hole 5220 formed above the first blade 5200. do.
관통홀(5220)은 사각형 형상으로 마그네트(5500)의 너비보다 크다. The through hole 5220 is rectangular in shape and larger than the width of the magnet 5500.
이와 같이 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상측에 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상하 이동시 마그네트(5500)가 삽입 관통하는 관통홀(5220)을 형성함으로써, 제 1블레이드(5200)의 크기를 줄이고, 마그네트(5500)를 회피하여 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상하 이동을 원활하게 하는 효과가 있다.As described above, a through hole 5220 is formed through the magnet 5500 to penetrate the first blade 5200 when the first blade 5200 moves up and down, thereby reducing the size of the first blade 5200 and the magnet ( There is an effect of smoothing the vertical movement of the first blade (5200) by avoiding 5500.
또한 제 2코일부재(5350)는 상하방향 길이가 마그네트(5500)와 제 2요크(5600)의 상하방향 길이의 합보다 작다.In addition, the length of the second coil member 5350 is smaller than the sum of the lengths of the vertical direction of the magnet 5500 and the second yoke 5600.
즉 제 2코일부재(5350)의 상단은 제 1마그네트(5510)의 상단보다 하부에 배치되고, 제 2코일부재(5350)의 하단은 제 2마그네트(5520)의 하단보다 상부에 배치된다.That is, the upper end of the second coil member 5350 is disposed below the upper end of the first magnet 5510, and the lower end of the second coil member 5350 is disposed above the lower end of the second magnet 5520.
이와 같이 제 2코일부재(5350)는 상하방향 길이가 마그네트(5500)와 제 2요크(5600)의 상하방향 길이의 합보다 작게 형성됨으로써, 제 2코일부재(5350)가 마그네트(5500)에서 발생하여 제 2요크(5600)에 의해 유도되는 자기장의 범위 내에 배치되어 제 2코일부재(5350)에 작용하는 자기장의 양이 증가되고, 이로 인해 제 2코일부재(5350)의 구동력이 향상되는 효과가 있다. As described above, since the length of the second coil member 5350 is smaller than the sum of the lengths of the magnet 5500 and the vertical length of the second yoke 5600, the second coil member 5350 may be generated from the magnet 5500. Therefore, the amount of the magnetic field disposed in the range of the magnetic field induced by the second yoke 5600 and acting on the second coil member 5350 increases, thereby improving the driving force of the second coil member 5350. have.
한편 제 2블레이드(5300)에는 제 3탄성부재(5790) 및 제 2탄성부재(5800)가 장착된다.Meanwhile, a third elastic member 5790 and a second elastic member 5800 are mounted on the second blade 5300.
제 3탄성부재(5790)는 사각형 형상의 얇은 판으로 이루어지며, 외측이 베이스(5400)에 장착 고정되고, 내측이 제 2블레이드(5300)의 하부에 장착되어 제 2블레이드(5300)를 상하방향 및 수평방향으로 탄성 지지한다. The third elastic member 5790 is made of a thin plate of a rectangular shape, the outside is mounted fixed to the base 5400, the inside is mounted to the lower portion of the second blade 5300 to move the second blade 5300 up and down And elastic support in the horizontal direction.
제 2탄성부재(5800)는 상하로 길게 형성된 와이어 스프링으로 이루어지며, 일단이 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상단에 결합 고정되고, 타단이 제 2블레이드(5300)의 하부에 결합 고정되어 제 2블레이드(5300)를 제 1블레이드(5200)의 내부에서 수평방향으로 이동되게 탄성 지지한다. The second elastic member 5800 is formed of a wire spring formed vertically long, one end is fixed to the upper end of the first blade 5200, the other end is fixed to the lower portion of the second blade 5300 second blade The elastic support 5300 is moved in the horizontal direction inside the first blade 5200.
또한 제 2탄성부재(5800)는 전기가 통하는 재질로 이루어져 제 2코일부재(5350)의 단선과 전기적으로 연결된다.In addition, the second elastic member 5800 is made of an electrically conductive material and is electrically connected to the disconnection of the second coil member 5350.
이러한 제 2탄성부재(5800)는 제 2블레이드(5300)의 하부에 총 4개가 장착되며, 렌즈의 광축을 중심으로 상호 대칭되게 배치된다.A total of four second elastic members 5800 are mounted on the lower portion of the second blade 5300, and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the optical axis of the lens.
또한 제 1블레이드(5200)에는 제 1탄성부재(5700)가 장착된다,In addition, the first elastic member 5700 is mounted on the first blade 5200.
제 1탄성부재(5700)는 사각형 형상의 얇은 판으로 이루어지며, 외측이 제 2블레이드(5300)의 상측에 결합 고정되고 내측이 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상측에 결합 고정된다. The first elastic member 5700 is formed of a thin plate of a rectangular shape, the outer side is coupled to the upper side of the second blade 5300 and the inner side is coupled to the upper side of the first blade 5200.
이러한 제 1탄성부재(5700)의 외측과 내측은 서로 탄성적으로 연결되며 상하 방향으로 수축 이완이 가능하여 제 1블레이드(5200)를 제 2블레이드(5300)의 내부에서 상하 이동되게 탄성 지지한다.The outer side and the inner side of the first elastic member 5700 are elastically connected to each other and can be contracted and relaxed in the vertical direction to elastically support the first blade 5200 to be moved up and down inside the second blade 5300.
또한 제 1탄성부재(5700)의 측면에는 제 2블레이드(5300)의 측면으로 절곡되어 외부의 전원과 연결되는 단자부(5750)가 형성되며, 외부의 전원과 연결되어 제 1코일부재(5250)와 제 2코일부재(5350)에 전원을 공급하는 기능을 수행한다.In addition, the side of the first elastic member 5700 is bent to the side of the second blade 5300 is formed a terminal portion 5750 connected to the external power source, and is connected to the external power source and the first coil member 5250 It performs a function of supplying power to the second coil member (5350).
구체적으로 제 1탄성부재(5700)는 외부의 전원과 연결되어 제 1코일부재(5250) 및 제 2코일부재(5350)에 전원을 전달하는 도체층(미도시)과, 도체층을 감싸는 절연층으로 이루어진다.Specifically, the first elastic member 5700 may be connected to an external power source to provide a conductor layer (not shown) for transferring power to the first coil member 5250 and the second coil member 5350, and an insulating layer surrounding the conductor layer. Is done.
도체층은 제 1코일부재(5250) 또는 제 2탄성부재(5800)에 전원을 전달하기 위한 다수개의 전기회로로 이루어지며, 외부의 전원과 전기적으로 연결된다. The conductor layer is composed of a plurality of electric circuits for transmitting power to the first coil member 5250 or the second elastic member 5800, and is electrically connected to an external power source.
즉 도체층은 제 1코일부재(5250)의 단선과 직접 연결되어 외부의 전원을 제 1코일부재(5250)에 전달하고, 제 2탄성부재(5800)의 일단과 전기적으로 연결되어 제 2탄성부재(5800)의 타단과 연결된 제 2코일부재(5350)에 전원을 공급한다.That is, the conductor layer is directly connected to the disconnection of the first coil member 5250 to transfer external power to the first coil member 5250, and is electrically connected to one end of the second elastic member 5800 to be the second elastic member. Power is supplied to the second coil member 5350 connected to the other end of the 5800.
이와 같이 제 2블레이드(5300)를 수평 방향으로 탄성 지지하는 제 2탄성부재(5800)의 일단이 도체층과 전기적으로 연결되고, 타단이 제 2코일부재(5350)의 단선과 전기적으로 연결되어 제 2코일부재(5350)에 외부의 전원을 공급함으로써, 전원을 공급하는 기능과 제 2블레이드(5300)를 탄성 지지하는 기능을 모두 수행하여 전체적인 부품수를 감소시키고 구조를 간소화시킨다.As such, one end of the second elastic member 5800 that elastically supports the second blade 5300 in the horizontal direction is electrically connected to the conductor layer, and the other end is electrically connected to the disconnection of the second coil member 5350. By supplying external power to the second coil member 5350, both the function of supplying power and the function of elastically supporting the second blade 5300 are performed to reduce the overall number of parts and simplify the structure.
절연층은 전기가 통하지 않는 재질로 이루어지며, 도체층을 감싸 도체층이 파손되는 것을 방지하고, 외부의 전기적 노이즈를 차단한다. The insulating layer is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, wraps the conductor layer to prevent the conductor layer from being damaged, and blocks external electrical noise.
또한 절연층은 연성재질로 이루어져 쉽게 휘어지며 탄성력을 갖는다.In addition, the insulating layer is made of a flexible material is easily bent and has an elastic force.
이와 같이 제 1블레이드(5200)에 장착되어 제 1블레이드(5200)를 상하 탄성 지지하는 제 1탄성부재(5700)는 외부의 전원과 연결되어 제 1코일부재(5250) 및 제 2코일부재(5350)에 전원을 전달하는 도체층과, 도체층을 감싸는 절연층으로 이루어짐으로써, 전원을 공급하는 기능과 제 1블레이드(5200)를 탄성 지지하는 기능을 모두 수행하여 전체적인 부품수를 감소시키고 구조를 간소화시킨다.As described above, the first elastic member 5700 mounted on the first blade 5200 to elastically support the first blade 5200 is connected to an external power source so that the first coil member 5250 and the second coil member 5350 are connected to an external power source. It consists of a conductor layer for transmitting power to the power supply) and an insulation layer surrounding the conductor layer, thereby performing both a function of supplying power and a function of elastically supporting the first blade 5200 to reduce the overall number of parts and simplify the structure. Let's do it.
위 구성에 따른 제 5실시예의 동작 상태를 설명한다.An operation state of the fifth embodiment according to the above configuration will be described.
도 31은 도 28의 E-E에서 바라본 제 5실시예에 따른 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치의 단면도이고, 도 32 및 도 33은 도 28의 E-E에서 바라본 영상 촬영 장치의 동작 상태도이다.FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of the image capturing apparatus equipped with the shake correction function according to the fifth embodiment as seen in E-E of FIG. 28, and FIGS. 32 and 33 are operational state diagrams of the image capturing apparatus as seen in E-E of FIG.
도 31에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1코일부재(5250)와 제 2코일부재(5350)에 전원이 인가되기 전에는 제 1블레이드(5200)가 제 1탄성부재(5700)와 제 3탄성부재(5790)에 의해 베이스(5400) 상측에 부양된 상태로 배치되며, 제 1탄성부재(5700)는 수평상태를 유지한다.As shown in FIG. 31, before power is applied to the first coil member 5250 and the second coil member 5350, the first blade 5200 may include the first elastic member 5700 and the third elastic member 5790. It is disposed in a supported state above the base 5400, the first elastic member 5700 maintains a horizontal state.
또한 제 2블레이드(5300)는 제 1블레이드(5200)의 내부에서 제 2탄성부재(5800)에 의해 베이스(5400)의 상측에 부양된 상태로 배치된다.In addition, the second blade 5300 is disposed in a state of being supported above the base 5400 by the second elastic member 5800 inside the first blade 5200.
또한 제 1코일부재(5250)와 마그네트(5500)의 외측면 사이의 간격이 렌즈의 광축을 기준으로 좌우 대칭을 이루고, 마그네트(5500)의 내측면과 제 2코일부재(5350) 사이의 간격이 렌즈의 광축을 기준으로 좌우 대칭을 이룬다.In addition, the distance between the first coil member 5250 and the outer surface of the magnet 5500 is symmetrical with respect to the optical axis of the lens, and the gap between the inner surface of the magnet 5500 and the second coil member 5350 is It is symmetrical about the optical axis of the lens.
도 32에 도시된 바와 같이 제 1코일부재(5250)에 전원이 인가되면 제 1코일부재(5250)에서 발생하는 제 1전자기장과 마그네트(5500)에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 제 1블레이드(5200)는 상승한다.As shown in FIG. 32, when power is applied to the first coil member 5250, the first blade may be formed by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated by the first coil member 5250 and the magnetic field generated by the magnet 5500. 5200 rises.
이때 제 1요크(5900)는 마그네트(5500)의 하단인 N극에서 발생하는 자기력선이 제 1코일부재(5250)를 거쳐 마그네트(5500)의 상단이 S극에 귀환하도록 유도한다.In this case, the first yoke 5900 induces a magnetic force line generated at the N pole, which is the lower end of the magnet 5500, to return the upper end of the magnet 5500 to the S pole via the first coil member 5250.
제 1블레이드(5200)가 상승함에 따라 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상측에 장착된 제 1탄성부재(5700)는 내측이 제 1블레이드(5200)와 함께 상승하면서 상방향으로 이완된다. As the first blade 5200 rises, the first elastic member 5700 mounted on the upper side of the first blade 5200 relaxes upward while the inner side thereof rises with the first blade 5200.
또한 제 1탄성부재(5700)의 내측과 연결되고, 제 1블레이드(5200) 내부에 제 2탄성부재(5800)에 의해 연결된 제 2블레이드(5300)도 제 1탄성부재(5700)의 내측이 상승하면서 함께 상승한다.In addition, the inner side of the first elastic member 5700 is also raised with the second elastic member 5700 connected to the inner side of the first elastic member 5700 and connected by the second elastic member 5800 inside the first blade 5200. While rising together.
이때 도 33에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2코일부재(5350)가 장착된 제 2블레이드(5300)는 좌우 이동 없이 상하 방향으로만 이동하기 때문에 제 2코일부재(5350)와 마그네트(5500)의 내측면 사이의 간격은 변하지 않는다.In this case, as shown in FIG. 33, since the second blade 5300 equipped with the second coil member 5350 moves only in the vertical direction without moving left and right, the inner surfaces of the second coil member 5350 and the magnet 5500 are moved. The gap between them does not change.
따라서 제 2블레이드(5300)의 수평 이동시 마그네트(5500)의 자기장이 제 2블레이드(5300)의 양측에 각각 배치된 제 2코일부재(5350)에 모두 균일하게 전도되어 제 2블레이드(5300)의 수평이동을 원활하게 이루어지도록 한다.Therefore, when the second blade 5300 moves horizontally, the magnetic field of the magnet 5500 is uniformly conducted to the second coil members 5350 respectively disposed on both sides of the second blade 5300 so that the horizontal of the second blade 5300 is used. Make the movement smooth.
또한 제 1코일부재(5250)는 인가되는 전원의 방향을 반대로 하면 하방향으로 이동할 수도 있다.In addition, the first coil member 5250 may move downward when the direction of the applied power is reversed.
한편 제 1블레이드(5200)가 상승한 상태에서 제 2코일부재(5350)에 전원을 인가하면 도 33에 도시된 바와 같이 제 2블레이드(5300)가 제 1블레이드(5200) 내부에서 제 1블레이드(5200)에 대해 독립적으로 좌측으로 수평이동한다.Meanwhile, when power is applied to the second coil member 5350 in a state where the first blade 5200 is raised, as shown in FIG. 33, the second blade 5300 is the first blade 5200 inside the first blade 5200. Independently move horizontally to the left.
제 2블레이드(5300)가 좌측으로 이동함에 따라 제 2탄성부재(5800)는 좌측으로 변형되고, 제 2탄성부재(5800)는 탄성 복원력에 의해 제 2블레이드(5300)를 오른쪽으로 탄성 지지한다. As the second blade 5300 moves to the left side, the second elastic member 5800 is deformed to the left side, and the second elastic member 5800 elastically supports the second blade 5300 to the right by elastic restoring force.
제 2블레이드(5300)는 제 2코일부재(5350)에 인가되는 전류의 방향에 따라 우측 또는 전후방향으로 이동 가능하다. The second blade 5300 is movable in the right or front and rear directions according to the direction of the current applied to the second coil member 5350.
이와 같이 마그네트(5500)를 제 1블레이드(5200)의 내측면과 제 2블레이드(5300)의 외측면 사이에 배치하고, 제 1블레이드(5200)와 제 2블레이드(5300)를 함께 상하 이동되게 하며, 제 2블레이드(5300)를 제 1블레이드(5200)와는 독립적으로 수평 이동되게 함으로써, 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상하이동시 제 2블레이드(5300)에 장착된 제 2코일부재(5350)와 마그네트(5500)의 간격이 일정하게 유지되어, 마그네트(5500)의 자기장이 제 2블레이드(5300)의 양측에 각각 장착된 제 2코일부재(5350)에 모두 균일하게 전도되어 제 2블레이드(5300)의 수평이동을 원활하게 이루어지도록 한다.As such, the magnet 5500 is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade 5200 and the outer surface of the second blade 5300, and the first blade 5200 and the second blade 5300 move up and down together. By moving the second blade 5300 horizontally independently of the first blade 5200, the second coil member 5350 and the magnet (50) mounted on the Shanghai simultaneous second blade 5300 of the first blade 5200 may be provided. The interval of 5500 is kept constant, so that the magnetic field of the magnet 5500 is uniformly conducted to all of the second coil members 5350 mounted on both sides of the second blade 5300 so that the horizontal of the second blade 5300 is uniform. Make the movement smooth.
또한 반대로 제 2블레이드(5300)의 수평이동시 제 1코일부재(5250)와 마그네트(5500) 사이의 간격이 모두 균일하게 유지되어, 제 1블레이드(5200)의 상하이동이 원활하게 이루어지도록 한다.On the contrary, the horizontal space between the first coil member 5250 and the magnet 5500 is uniformly maintained during horizontal movement of the second blade 5300 to smoothly move the first blade 5200.
본 발명인 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치는 전술한 실시예에 국한하지 않고, 본 발명의 기술 사상이 허용되는 범위 내에서 다양하게 변형하여 실시할 수 있다.The image capturing apparatus equipped with the shake correction function of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and may be variously modified and implemented within the range to which the technical idea of the present invention is permitted.
본 발명의 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치는, 휴대 단말기와 같은 소형의 전자기기에 설치되어 피사체의 촬영시 떨림이 발생하면 떨림을 보정하는 방향으로 렌즈를 이동시킴으로써, 피사체의 상을 선명하게 촬영할 수 있게 한다.The image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function of the present invention is installed in a small electronic device such as a mobile terminal, and when a subject shakes, the lens is moved in a direction to correct the shake to sharpen the image of the subject. Allows you to shoot.

Claims (18)

  1. 하우징과, 상기 하우징의 내부에 배치되어 마그네트와 제 2코일부재에 의해 수평방향으로 이동하는 제 2블레이드와, 상기 제 2블레이드의 내부에 배치되어 상기 마그네트와 제 1코일부재에 의해 상하 이동하는 제 1블레이드를 포함하여 이루어지는 소형 카메라 장치에 있어서,A second blade disposed inside the housing and horizontally moved by the magnet and the second coil member; and a second blade disposed inside the second blade and vertically moved by the magnet and the first coil member. In the compact camera device comprising one blade,
    외측이 상기 제 2블레이드에 장착되고 내측이 상기 제 1블레이드에 장착되어 상기 제 1블레이드를 상하 탄성 지지하는 제 3탄성부재와;A third elastic member having an outer side mounted on the second blade and an inner side mounted on the first blade to elastically support the first blade up and down;
    상기 하우징의 상측에 배치되어 상기 제 1코일부재와 상기 제 2코일부재에 전원을 공급하는 전원연결부재;를 더 포함하여 이루어지되,And a power connection member disposed on an upper side of the housing to supply power to the first coil member and the second coil member.
    상기 제 1코일부재는 상기 제 3탄성부재와 전기적으로 연결되고,The first coil member is electrically connected to the third elastic member,
    상기 제 3탄성부재에는 상기 전원연결부재 방향으로 돌출되어 일단이 상기 제 3탄성부재에 일체로 연결되고 타단이 상기 전원연결부재에 결합 고정되며 상기 제 2블레이드의 좌우 이동시 좌우 방향으로 수축 이완되는 연결돌기가 형성되고,The third elastic member protrudes toward the power connection member so that one end is integrally connected to the third elastic member, and the other end is fixedly coupled to the power connection member and contracted and relaxed in the left and right directions when the second blade moves left and right. Protrusions are formed,
    상기 연결돌기는 상기 전원연결부재와 전기적으로 연결되어 상기 전원연결부재의 전원을 상기 제 1코일부재에 전달하는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the connection protrusion is electrically connected to the power connection member to transfer power of the power connection member to the first coil member.
  2. 제 1 항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 제 3탄성부재는,The third elastic member,
    상기 제 1블레이드의 일측에 배치되는 제 1스프링과;A first spring disposed on one side of the first blade;
    상기 제 1블레이드의 타측에 배치되는 제 2스프링; 을 포함하여 이루어지고,A second spring disposed on the other side of the first blade; It is made, including
    상기 연결돌기는,The connecting projection,
    상기 제 1스프링의 모서리부에 구비되는 제 1연결돌기와;A first connection protrusion provided at an edge of the first spring;
    상기 제 2스프링의 모서리부에 구비되되 상기 제 1연결돌기와 대각선 방향으로 대칭되게 배치되는 제 2연결돌기; 를 포함하여 이루어지는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.A second connecting protrusion provided at an edge of the second spring and disposed symmetrically in a diagonal direction with the first connecting protrusion; Imaging device with a shake correction function characterized in that it comprises a.
  3. 제 1 항 또는 제 2 항에 있어서,The method according to claim 1 or 2,
    상기 제 2블레이드의 모서리부에는 회피홈이 형성되고,Avoidance grooves are formed in the corner portion of the second blade,
    상기 회피홈에는 상기 연결돌기가 상기 제 2블레이드와 이격된 상태로 배치된 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.The image pickup device with a shake correction function, characterized in that the avoidance groove is disposed in the state where the connecting projection is spaced apart from the second blade.
  4. 제 1 항 또는 제 2 항에 있어서,The method according to claim 1 or 2,
    일단이 상기 제 2블레이드에 장착되고 타단이 상기 하우징에 장착되어 상기 제 2블레이드를 수평 방향으로 탄성 지지하는 제 2탄성부재; 를 더 포함하여 이루어지되,A second elastic member having one end mounted on the second blade and the other end mounted on the housing to elastically support the second blade in a horizontal direction; It is made, including more
    상기 연결돌기의 두께는 상기 제 2탄성부재의 두께보다 작아 상기 제 2블레이드의 좌우이동시 상기 연결돌기에 의한 탄성저항을 저하시키는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.The thickness of the connecting projection is smaller than the thickness of the second elastic member is an image photographing apparatus having a shake correction function, characterized in that to reduce the elastic resistance by the connecting protrusion when the left and right movement of the second blade.
  5. 제 2 항에 있어서,The method of claim 2,
    상기 제 1스프링과 상기 제 2스프링에는 상기 제 1연결돌기와 상기 제 2연결돌기가 각각 2개씩 구비되되,The first spring and the second spring is provided with two each of the first connecting projection and the second connecting projection,
    2개의 상기 제 1연결돌기 중 어느 하나와 2개의 상기 제 2연결돌기 중 어느 하나는 각각 상기 전원 연결부재와 전기적으로 연결되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.Any one of the two first connecting projections and any one of the two second connecting projections, each of which is electrically connected to the power connection member, characterized in that the image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function.
  6. 제 1 항 또는 제 2 항에 있어서,The method according to claim 1 or 2,
    외측이 상기 제 2블레이드에 장착되고 내측이 상기 제 1블레이드에 장착되어 상기 제 1블레이드를 상하 탄성지지하는 제 1탄성부재; 를 더 포함하여 이루어지되,A first elastic member having an outer side mounted to the second blade and the inner side mounted to the first blade to elastically support the first blade up and down; It is made, including more
    상기 제 1탄성부재는 상기 제 2블레이드의 상측에 배치되고, The first elastic member is disposed above the second blade,
    상기 제 3탄성부재는 상기 제 2블레이드의 하측에 배치되며,The third elastic member is disposed below the second blade,
    상기 연결돌기는 상기 제 2블레이드의 하측에서 상기 제 1탄성부재를 지나 상기 하우징을 관통하여 상기 전원연결부재와 연결되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the connection protrusion is connected to the power connection member through the housing through the first elastic member under the second blade and connected to the power connection member.
  7. 하우징과;A housing;
    상기 하우징의 내부에서 상하 이동되며, 외측에 제 1코일부재가 장착된 제 1블레이드와;A first blade which is vertically moved inside the housing and has a first coil member mounted on an outside thereof;
    상기 하우징의 내부에서 수평 이동되며, 외측에 제 2코일부재가 장착된 제 2블레이드와;A second blade horizontally moved inside the housing and having a second coil member mounted on an outside thereof;
    상기 제 2코일부재의 외측에 배치되는 마그네트; 를 포함하여 이루어지되,A magnet disposed outside the second coil member; Including but not limited to,
    상기 마그네트는, The magnet,
    제 1마그네트와;A first magnet;
    상기 제 1마그네트의 하부에 배치되는 제 2마그네트와;A second magnet disposed under the first magnet;
    상기 제 1마그네트와 상기 제 2마그네트 사이에 배치되며, 일단이 상기 제 2코일부재 방향으로 돌출된 제 3마그네트; 를 포함하여 이루어지고,A third magnet disposed between the first magnet and the second magnet, the third magnet having one end protruding toward the second coil member; Including,
    상기 제 1코일부재에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 1전자기장과 상기 마그네트에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 1블레이드는 상하이동하며,The first blade is moved by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the first coil member and the magnetic field generated by the magnet,
    상기 제 2코일부재에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 2전자기장과 상기 마그네트에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 2블레이드는 수평이동 하는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the second blade is horizontally moved by the interaction between the second electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the second coil member and the magnetic field generated by the magnet.
  8. 제 7 항에 있어서,The method of claim 7, wherein
    상기 제 1코일부재는 상기 제 1블레이드를 중심으로 권취되고,The first coil member is wound around the first blade,
    상기 제 2코일부재는 상기 제 1코일부재의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 상기 제 2블레이드의 측면에 권취되며,The second coil member is wound on the side of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member,
    상기 제 1마그네트와 상기 제 2마그네트는 상기 제 3마그네트를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 분리되고,The first magnet and the second magnet is separated with the polarity up and down symmetrical around the third magnet,
    상기 제 3마그네트는 상기 제 2블레이드의 좌우 이동방향으로 극성이 분리되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.The third magnet has an image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function, characterized in that the polarity is separated in the left and right moving direction of the second blade.
  9. 제 8 항에 있어서,The method of claim 8,
    상기 제 1마그네트의 하단 및 상기 제 2마그네트의 상단과 접하는 상기 제 3마그네트의 타단의 극성은 상기 제 1마그네트의 하단과 상기 제 2마그네트의 상단의 극성과 반대이고,The polarity of the other end of the third magnet in contact with the lower end of the first magnet and the upper end of the second magnet is opposite to the polarity of the lower end of the first magnet and the upper end of the second magnet,
    상기 제 2코일부재 방향으로 돌출된 상기 제 3마그네트의 일단의 극성은 상기 제 1마그네트의 상단 및 상기 제 2마그네트의 하단의 극성과 반대인 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the polarity of one end of the third magnet protruding toward the second coil member is opposite to the polarity of the upper end of the first magnet and the lower end of the second magnet.
  10. 제 8 항에 있어서,The method of claim 8,
    상기 제 2코일부재는 상하방향 길이가 상기 마그네트의 상하방향 길이보다 작은 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.The second coil member has an image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function, characterized in that the vertical length is smaller than the vertical length of the magnet.
  11. 제 7 항 내지 제 10 항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,The method according to any one of claims 7 to 10,
    상기 제 2블레이드는 상기 제 1블레이드의 내부에 수평 이동되게 장착되고,The second blade is mounted to be horizontally moved inside the first blade,
    상기 마그네트는 상기 제 1블레이드의 내측면과 상기 제 2블레이드의 외측면 사이에 배치되어 상기 하우징에 고정 장착되며, The magnet is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade and the outer surface of the second blade is fixed to the housing,
    상기 제 3마그네트는 일단이 상기 제 2코일부재의 중심부에 삽입 배치되고 타단이 상기 제 1코일부재 방향으로 배치되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.One end of the third magnet is disposed in the center of the second coil member and the other end is disposed in the direction of the first coil member, the image capturing apparatus with a shake correction function.
  12. 제 7 항 내지 제 10 항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,The method according to any one of claims 7 to 10,
    상기 제 1블레이드는 상기 제 2블레이드 내부에 상하 이동되게 장착되고,The first blade is mounted to be moved up and down inside the second blade,
    상기 마그네트 상기 제 2블레이드의 외측에서 상기 하우징에 고정 장착되며,Fixedly mounted to the housing at an outside of the magnet and the second blade,
    상기 제 3마그네트는 일단이 상기 제 2코일부재의 중심부를 관통하여 상기 제 1코일부재 방향으로 돌출되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.The third magnet has an image capturing apparatus having a shake correction function, one end of which protrudes toward the first coil member through a central portion of the second coil member.
  13. 하우징과;A housing;
    상기 하우징의 내부에서 상하 이동되며, 외측에 제 1코일부재가 장착된 제 1블레이드와;A first blade which is vertically moved inside the housing and has a first coil member mounted on an outside thereof;
    상기 하우징의 내부에서 수평 이동되며, 외측에 제 2코일부재가 장착된 제 2블레이드와;A second blade horizontally moved inside the housing and having a second coil member mounted on an outside thereof;
    상기 제 2코일부재의 외측에 배치되는 제 1마그네트와, 상기 제 2코일부재의 외측에서 상기 제 1마그네트의 하부에 배치되는 제 2마그네트로 이루어진 마그네트와;A magnet comprising a first magnet disposed outside the second coil member and a second magnet disposed below the first magnet outside the second coil member;
    상기 제 1마그네트의 상부 또는 상기 제 2마그네트의 하부에 장착되는 제 1요크; 를 포함하여 이루어지되,A first yoke mounted on an upper portion of the first magnet or a lower portion of the second magnet; Including but not limited to,
    상기 제 1코일부재에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 1전자기장과 상기 마그네트에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 1블레이드는 상하이동하고,The first blade is moved by the interaction between the first electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the first coil member and the magnetic field generated by the magnet,
    상기 제 2코일부재에 전원 인가시 발생하는 제 2전자기장과 상기 마그네트에서 발생하는 자기장의 상호 작용에 의해 상기 제 2블레이드는 수평이동하며,The second blade is horizontally moved by the interaction between the second electromagnetic field generated when the power is applied to the second coil member and the magnetic field generated by the magnet,
    상기 제 1요크는 상기 마그네트의 N극에서 발생한 자기력선이 상기 제 1코일부재 또는 상기 제 2코일부재를 거쳐 S극으로 귀환하도록 유도하는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the first yoke induces a magnetic force line generated at the N pole of the magnet to be returned to the S pole through the first coil member or the second coil member.
  14. 제 13 항에 있어서,The method of claim 13,
    상기 제 1요크는 상기 제 1코일부재 방향으로 돌출되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the first yoke protrudes in the direction of the first coil member.
  15. 제 14 항에 있어서,The method of claim 14,
    상기 제 2블레이드는 상기 제 1블레이드의 내부에 수평 이동되게 장착되고,The second blade is mounted to be horizontally moved inside the first blade,
    상기 마그네트는 상기 제 1블레이드의 내측면과 상기 제 2블레이드의 외측면 사이에 배치되어 상기 하우징에 고정 장착되며,The magnet is disposed between the inner surface of the first blade and the outer surface of the second blade is fixed to the housing,
    상기 제 1코일부재는 상기 제 1블레이드를 중심으로 권취되고,The first coil member is wound around the first blade,
    상기 제 2코일부재는 상기 제 1코일부재의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 상기 제 2블레이드의 측면에 권취되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the second coil member is wound on the side surface of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member.
  16. 제 14 항에 있어서,The method of claim 14,
    상기 제 1블레이드는 상기 제 2블레이드 내부에 상하 이동되게 장착되고,The first blade is mounted to be moved up and down inside the second blade,
    상기 마그네트는 상기 제 2블레이드의 외측에서 상기 하우징에 고정 장착되며,The magnet is fixedly mounted to the housing on the outside of the second blade,
    상기 제 1코일부재는 상기 제 1블레이드를 중심으로 권취되며,The first coil member is wound around the first blade,
    상기 제 2코일부재는 상기 제 1코일부재의 권취방향과 직교되는 방향으로 상기 제 2블레이드의 측면에 권취되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the second coil member is wound on the side surface of the second blade in a direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the first coil member.
  17. 제 15 항 또는 제 16 항에 있어서,The method according to claim 15 or 16,
    상기 제 1마그네트와 상기 제 2마그네트 사이에 장착되며, 상기 제 2코일부재의 중심부에 삽입 배치되는 제 2요크; 를 더 포함하여 이루어지되, A second yoke mounted between the first magnet and the second magnet and inserted into a central portion of the second coil member; Made to include more,
    상기 제 1마그네트와 상기 제 2마그네트는 상기 제 2요크를 중심으로 극성이 상하 대칭되게 배치되는 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.And the first magnet and the second magnet are vertically symmetrical with respect to the second yoke.
  18. 제 17 항에 있어서,The method of claim 17,
    상기 제 2코일부재는 상하방향 길이가 상기 마그네트와 상기 제 2요크의 상하방향 길이의 합보다 작은 것을 특징으로 하는 떨림 보정기능이 구비된 영상 촬영 장치.The second coil member has an image capturing apparatus, characterized in that the vertical length is smaller than the sum of the vertical length of the magnet and the second yoke.
PCT/KR2010/002743 2009-06-30 2010-04-30 Image-capturing apparatus with a function for compensating for shaking WO2011002151A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2009-0059045 2009-06-30
KR1020090059045A KR101005776B1 (en) 2009-06-30 2009-06-30 Compact camera device
KR1020090107020A KR101043943B1 (en) 2009-11-06 2009-11-06 Compact camera device
KR1020090107017A KR101017341B1 (en) 2009-11-06 2009-11-06 Compact camera device
KR10-2009-0107020 2009-11-06
KR10-2009-0107017 2009-11-06

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011002151A2 true WO2011002151A2 (en) 2011-01-06
WO2011002151A3 WO2011002151A3 (en) 2011-02-17

Family

ID=43411541

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2010/002743 WO2011002151A2 (en) 2009-06-30 2010-04-30 Image-capturing apparatus with a function for compensating for shaking

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2011002151A2 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3333628A1 (en) * 2016-12-08 2018-06-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Camera device including aperture and electronic device including the same
CN108663767A (en) * 2017-07-28 2018-10-16 台湾东电化股份有限公司 Optical facilities and its camera lens module
CN109525091A (en) * 2018-12-06 2019-03-26 辽宁中蓝电子科技有限公司 A kind of ultra-thin high thrust autofocus motor
CN112954169A (en) * 2011-10-28 2021-06-11 Lg 伊诺特有限公司 Camera module
CN113301226A (en) * 2021-05-11 2021-08-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Camera module and electronic equipment

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006202565A (en) * 2005-01-19 2006-08-03 Smk Corp Connector socket for electronic component
US20080192326A1 (en) * 2007-02-08 2008-08-14 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Light-amount adjusting apparatus, optical apparatus, and method for manufacturing the light-amount adjusting apparatus
WO2009051345A1 (en) * 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Hysonic. Co., Ltd. Compact camera module

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006202565A (en) * 2005-01-19 2006-08-03 Smk Corp Connector socket for electronic component
US20080192326A1 (en) * 2007-02-08 2008-08-14 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Light-amount adjusting apparatus, optical apparatus, and method for manufacturing the light-amount adjusting apparatus
WO2009051345A1 (en) * 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Hysonic. Co., Ltd. Compact camera module

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112954169A (en) * 2011-10-28 2021-06-11 Lg 伊诺特有限公司 Camera module
US11675210B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2023-06-13 Lg Innotek Co., Ltd. Camera module having a buffer unit
EP3333628A1 (en) * 2016-12-08 2018-06-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Camera device including aperture and electronic device including the same
US10571648B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2020-02-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Camera device including aperture and electronic device including the same
US11215787B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2022-01-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Camera device including aperture and electronic device including the same
CN108663767A (en) * 2017-07-28 2018-10-16 台湾东电化股份有限公司 Optical facilities and its camera lens module
CN109525091A (en) * 2018-12-06 2019-03-26 辽宁中蓝电子科技有限公司 A kind of ultra-thin high thrust autofocus motor
CN109525091B (en) * 2018-12-06 2024-03-26 辽宁中蓝光电科技有限公司 Ultrathin high-thrust automatic focusing motor
CN113301226A (en) * 2021-05-11 2021-08-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Camera module and electronic equipment
CN113301226B (en) * 2021-05-11 2022-08-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 Camera module and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2011002151A3 (en) 2011-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2009139543A1 (en) Photography device with anti-shake function
WO2018084584A1 (en) Camera module, dual camera module, optical device, and method for manufacturing dual camera module
WO2018128489A1 (en) Dual lens drive device, dual camera module, and optical device
WO2018147697A1 (en) Lens driving device, camera module and optical instrument
WO2021020862A1 (en) Camera actuator
WO2018216955A1 (en) Lens driving device, camera module and optical device
WO2021006414A1 (en) Arc path forming part and direct-current relay comprising same
WO2019004765A1 (en) Lens driving device, and camera module and optical device comprising same
WO2010134706A9 (en) Compact camera module
WO2011002151A2 (en) Image-capturing apparatus with a function for compensating for shaking
WO2020256263A1 (en) Direct current relay
WO2019045339A1 (en) Lens driving device, and camera module and optical device including same
WO2019045439A1 (en) Lens driving device, and camera module and optical device including same
WO2019066233A1 (en) Controller and motor assembly comprising same
WO2021040174A1 (en) Arc path formation unit and direct current relay including same
WO2019226011A1 (en) Information output device
WO2022045721A1 (en) Lens driving apparatus, and camera module and optical device comprising same
WO2021221410A1 (en) Camera actuator and camera module including same
WO2021230515A1 (en) Movable core unit and direct current relay including same
WO2021112343A1 (en) Arc path formation unit and direct current relay including same
WO2024014714A1 (en) Lens driving device, camera device and optical device
WO2022080650A1 (en) Camera device
WO2024085345A1 (en) Lens driving device, camera device, and optical device
WO2022245166A1 (en) Camera apparatus and optical apparatus
WO2024058379A1 (en) Lens driving device, camera device, and optical device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10794286

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10794286

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2